Global Pre Intermediate Coursebook

PRE-INTERMEDIATE
coursebook
Lindsay Clandfield
i . ii-
' '
,n -'
"filqu'inoct-B.
jtrio
Individual
Society
Surprising origins and facts about everyday objects

Six Degrees of Separation by John Guare
CCTV is watching you!
Eating
Drinking
Tastes Comforting
Secrets of the world's
top kitchens The people
behind the drinks Water
and the human body
Art & Music
Time
Discovered! Works
of art found in
unexpected places
The Picture of Dorian
Gray by Oscar Wilde
The history of sound
recording High Fidelity
by Nick Hornby
A brief history of
time zones A Tale
of Two Cities by
Charles Dickens
A lifetime of
financial concerns
A different kind of
bank
Hopes
Home
Famous homes
and their infamous
occupants Dracula by
Bram Stoker The cat
came back The Beach
by Alex Garland New
kinds of tourism
Money
Health & Fitness
The common cold

Milestones of
modern medicine
Olympic tales
New & Old
Fears
Brave New Words by Kerry Maxwell

New places in a new world
Old but loved: the Trabant Two classic
board games
When I grow up,., children's hopes for the

future The aid worker: a profession of hope
Famous dystopias in literature Reactions
to... An Inconvenient Truth
Away
Work & Leisure
Profile; An Indian call centre worker Bad

bosses and work issues The serious
leisure perspective Ten facts about
amusement parks
by David Crystal
Science & Technology
The science of happiness

The worst jobs in science
Frankenstein by Mary
Shelley Going, going,
gone ,., Online auctions
page 15
page 39 The power of music
jjJil
>-
bame language but d
page 63
___
All work and no play
OT
page 87 The English language
and the number four
paae 111 Sports Enqlish
individual
page 6
Grammar
Reading texts
Listening t e x t s
Vocabulary
Speaking and
Pronunciation
Wo a order in ;uestiens
;p7i
Sarp srig rian s and k ts

dapta, 3 ,. irp
Di par; itions Of oeopif
E e aa, . roii . s p6)
Describing ar ea - pa
is
D ' rpp ip p ;epip pa;

EV look and look like (p8)
Wrist and Hon auestipi

!-9}
Par
aspi;
Pepneaa
Society
page 10
Eating
page 18
piSea
eat iaea
IPs; a , ::.
pari .
deai'ees or separation theor
pP
'pa; 0'
persona! an, onshios
;: -
Reade
response CC TV a
watching
r 13;
E
ar
;he
ia ;a;a ;. f set: araHpn
a eery (plO)
Page 22
if
EV ; p . ' : p r : p
i ; .;a
(pl 4)
Writing:
A personal description
(pl6)
(pi 5)
Study skills:
Being a good language learner
(p!7)
Some language but different
untai
uncountable
noaes eanaiiea
ana
any. no) i p i 9 )
tastes pantonine i o ' 8 i

tap s; Par;
TaikonZat She
p2ii
from i : a
w o r l d t o ; Kit ions i - 0!
ad questionnaire (p18:
EV
How do yoi: pal- - it? (pi 9
-arr Ip18)
: tips r.)20i
Describing a k t - (p2"
@ M and <'i|7 (p21)
P
drinks ;p22:
The infinitive of purpose

papa
Food (pi8)
Ir tiie Kitchen p 2 i )
lantitiers k:i of. a little

a few, not rp
many-.
: Pie
tinman bod
. 24
"a , a n a
a :2t
prinks
a ; p24i
: aa t ;
/Vhai do von iike !e dn k . .?

!i 32
e
(p26)
Writing:
A description of food and drink
(P28)
Global voices:
(p27)
Study skills:
Evaluating your language learning
(p29)
Food that makes you think of home
ad: r u e a; ;!<;,;; pi
:
aw aiuabie works of art
were found in unexpecte
pianos ip3 j
Page 3 0
\.
a Pii
Di iaari (it a
by C scar \ . side fp33i
1
use
aaf fidelity by Nic ! Hornby

it : t)
p3pi
Music
page 34
- auii , ; i the rasa

oi span;.
a ai:
Talk ;n music: a film
and 7\ p30)
Function globally: Agreeing and disagreeing
(p38)
Global English:
( P 39)
The power of music
F;.: ire - pea and a e

;p43!
When
ap
(p42)
a. bP>: ip 55/
EV
(p32
Audin an i aataa (p34;
D&cribing pictures (p34)
Fee :: jS pat ,
(?) Used to (p35)
EV Saying and writing
Fears
and ability
id) fp4 7)
Futl a
:P pi: _ sa;
Music (p37)
cia idea :p3a)

EV just fp37)
Study skills:
Conversation partners
(p33)
(p40)
(p41)
ap epti e a a n d s y n o
My hopes and plans (p43)
GioPa;
Hope (p45)
oreigi a
a s p4
la
( p ) Word stress (p44)
as; ;p45)
-
32)
( 7 ) Past simple regular verbs
beyo,ng:c.\. as,
be r. Pit
Retelling stories
imiture ant fpnas dags

p32:
A scene from a short story

A review
a t ana ana intentions
a: Para a at ai ;p3;
Of iP! : : Pa
Writing:
Interview with two " d

;;a
an; aire ;ai
t.v and /its;- (p2 3
Function globally: Eating out
Art
1)
( p ) Linking words (p13)
Global English:
Pas; a: r i p s aa ..
a aiau jas a 32!
Hopes
' aipi needs
raumem; far a J
CCTv fp-2i
page 42
lent!t:es (p9)
The alphabet (p7)
Function giobaiiy: Common social expressions
The infinitive j
Drinking
OP k ;.
EV in touch (p10)
False
;
))
avt : d PP about a .
<< a it 3
a
Thing?
a orse
. f a as dyst p.a:; n
litaratii a 46,
P i , sa
(p 72
p with get
Ciiinai
a questionnaire
ip ' 3
Ge< graphiaal features

it
page 46
EV -ed/-ing adjectives
: i ::
Function globally: Making offers and decisions
(p50)
Writing:
An email to a friend
(p52)
Global voices:
(p51)
Study skills:
Using your dictionary: finding the right entry
(p53)
Reasons why people learn English
i iaae (p55)
Work
page 54
a of an Indian aaii
aatre a a r .
a
Modal
page 58
Work (a: ii
/ ' ;;k ::
a; f. have
/ have gone ip60)
is .. JOPt
amusement r a n arppno
the a,a ia >0,
Presentation about
'The set sua isu .
perspective
53
J PS fp54j
aa pep:
EV job and work (p54)

- ng form >p59)
Leisure
Conversations Petwea;
bosses and .a
pea
are activities (p58)
ev ah
t haracierr;
ip57j
( 7 ) Contractions (p57)
Ten questions about leisure
ipeti
@
V ( p 3t
( ? ) Past participles (p6D

Function globally: Turn-taking
(p62)
Global English:
(p63)
EV - Extend your vocabulary
Contents
( f ) - Pronunciation
Writing:
Leisure time
AC V
(p59)
(p64)
Study skills:
Recording new words and phrases
( P 65)
Grammar
Science
page 66
Comoara;
with
.'770'
d
' ' .: Id* 'US fc .
.as
as. in68)
er atkI
lllCh
Listening t e x t s
Go' eisati
. r.jiine
vvors i os n sc ence
;p6fi.
lie science of haponless

ip66!
tie, I
,0/ (ptn;
hr,-:nkons;e;r b Mar,
F
Speaking and
Pronunciation
Vocabulary
Reading texts
Happiness
formes p69j
EV Metaphors for hapoy
777
a if; jobs (p68)

inge ;>us k;x' ; dg
( ? ) Tne schwa (p67)
Shelley ip69;
3; |
Technology
page 70
tr/ei !p7;
G<any pel
Phrasa; verbs and obje
;p; ))
, , n .
1(7777!
\Afebsift nd ires
ip71)
Tne Ludcties (p73;
""7:
Conversations about
ci rnprper p; joj j r a
(p;2)
(p73)
,3" ' '7 3--
IS (p7
37:0777 7 tephnpinm 17 7 ":
PS (p~2)
EV Other ways of saying

377 p72)
( ? ) Phrasal verbs, sentence

stress (p72;
Function globally: Finding things in common
(p 74)
Writing:
Describing advantages and disadvantages
|p76)
Global voices:
(p75)
Study skills:
Personalising language learning
(p77)
The most important technological advance

:
Present perfect :c
arid
sinct P79)
Time
page 78
A brief histoi y of t ~no zones

(p78)
A Tate (
)e; : /
Chane.-;
Bp
talk on the c< incept 7*

time (p80)
Fi 37 3
rp
on. at) jp78)
time vd.
' in pes ' 1

7
Tin in ex| ess; ins (p8C
7-
TP
. if
Si
saving nveni.. s p ;
I -i the b e n e s
-7 3-
; eases ;
( ? ) at. anc ,3
stress (p80)
Money
Present perfe't w i n yet

and rasa
82)
page 82
ftpf: 7 -: 0
cc
Mo; 37
P.L 73
ad ; ;hr; ;; s n
33.7 3 7 -1 no .73.717.7
EV borrow and lend (p85)
- (p82)
A oank oa
A ditteie: rind ot bank ip84;

Function globally: Shopping in a market
Global English:
Passi
The English language and the number (our
in (p9l
Bra
Home
Writing:
Giving your opinion
Ip87)
Study skills:
Managing your study time
homes 7 7i
Animal
Prep
The cat came back (p92)
(p89)
30 .
92
:
37 pi
veme;
7.
3.7 -701 IP i n:
Animals (p92)
page 90
,;:.33)
( P 88)
(p86)
SiOKOr's Cracuia p9l)
;3:
poo
/h/(p90)
EV house and home (p90)
Away
Firs) conditiona p95)
Travel guldet iks (p91
Second corniiti irnal lo97)
The Beach by Alex Garland
srsatio
travel on i n
with
p94)
3 377.
EV Words that mean trip
ip95)
page 94
7-3.7
Adiec' ves and

7
rts
:p95)
photos (p90;
if yon no. ilci n
. :--.--
p971
Mew kinds of tourism (p96!
( ? ) Sentence stress (p97)

Function globally: Speaking on the telephone
(p98)
Global voices:
(p99)
Homes where you live
Writing:
Study skills:
Health
page 102
Modal rerbs of advice

(pi 03)
page 106
Learning words with prepositions
(plOl)
Peeing ill 37:331
Ti;e 1
Med ~al treatmei ' p i 04:
(p}c,hand,gh(p102)
Advice on :ures d me
a ;n ii non a>ld (p 1931
' cold (pi 02
Word stress (p104)
Sports luesflonnaae (pit 7)

Olympic ipsers (pi 06)
C . ersation at the
doctor's 1)7 108)
Reported stall e^ .ents

(p 1 09!
A visit to the n ntPrsplOt
Sport (p 106;
.- . te//amines (pi :9;
Fit;ins:
73, lie: iaire;p:09j
EV win and beat (p 106)
Function
Describing illness
(pi 10)
Global English:
Sports English
(pill)
Writing:
Study skills:
New
!p91!
(plOO)
Talk on the < < nnmon

cold (pi02)
Could, couldn't, m to
didn : n,o to pi Co
Past pertec t ([>: 07;
Fitness
; tile ; mes of modern

medicine ip104)
ft description of a town
ft
Using your dictionary: exploring collocations (pl 13)
Defi' ina relative oiai ses

(pusf
Brave Nsi ' Words by Keny
Infen isw with Kerry
Maxv e:i p1 t t)
Defii ire article (the (p117)
New Plapes in a new wprld

(P116)
Maxwell on Bravo Now

Words pi 14)
page 114
(pi 03)
(pl 12)
sick note
An online post
Nov wc Ps in context
p i 14)
amoti: quotes p117i
Places (pi 16
ev Words that
ien
;p116)
Vert forrr review (p i 19)
Both, leither (pi 20)
Old but loved: the Trabant

(p118|
Two classk board

games (p 120)
Old
page 118
Tear,
.p 1 : 8)
Transport ( p i l S ;
Gan es o 1 2 l )
Driving question
EV Woi
7- i mean
77-3.3.- p-120)
e (pi 19
..., : game if 121)
( ? ) Consonant clusters (p118)

( ? ) Sentence stress and
intonation (f 12 f
Function globally: Ending a conversation
(pl 22)
Global voices:
(pl 23}
Your favourite words in English
Writing:
A report on studies
Study skills:
Communication activities:
Student A: (pl 26)
Student B: (pl 28)
Additional material: {pi 30)
Definitions game
Grammar focus: (pi 32)
Evaluating your pronunciation
(pl 15)
(pl 24)
(pl25)
Audioscript: (pl 52)
Contents
Part 1
Yocabirfury
Everyday objects
Reading
The Identity Card
Grammar
Word order In
Vocabulary
Reading
1 Look at the pictures and read the

information. Match each object to a word in
the box. There are three words you do not
need.
1
1.01 Read and listen to the text on
page 7 about another everyday object: the
identity card. What kind of information
about an individual can you find on an
identity7 card?
chewing g u m
question*
key ring
pen
Prommekifiosi
credit card
lipstick
glasses
2 Read the text again and find examples

of...
mobile phone
umbrella
The alphabet
2 Do you have any of these things with you

today? Which ones? Tell a partner.
1
2
3
4
5
a historical reason for ID cards.

countries with no ID cards.
a material used in ID cards.
information on an ID card.
biometric information on an ID card.
3 Does your country have identity cards?

What information do they contain?
Origin:
United States,
Egypt, more than

5000 years ago
The first m o d e l w e i g h e d
C l e o p a t r a used o n e
0.79 kg a n d m e a s u r e d
made from dead
25cm.
insects.
Origin:
Origin:
It c o m e s f r o m t h e chicle
United States, 1950
plant. The original idea
The first o n e w a s t h e
w a s t o use it t o m a k e
Diner's Club card. People

i
used it t o pay in New York
^ ^
Mexico, 1860
restaurants.
'
Origin:
Italy, 13th century

The early m o d e l s
helped p e o p l e to see but
they c a u s e d h e a d a c h e s
b e c a u s e t h e y were so
heavy.
Unit 1 Indivi
car tyres.
Surprising
origins and facts:
The identity (ID) card

Grammar
What were the first ID cards?

The first ID cards were, in fact, paper identity documents, which
appeared in the 18th century.
Are ID cards
obligatory?
Do all countries have ID cards?
What is a biometric ID card?
What did people use ID cards for?
What did people use the first ID cards for?

People used the first ID cards to travel to different countries. The ID
card was the first passport.
in questions the verb goes before

the subject
in present simple or past simple
questions, the auxiliary verb do /
did goes before the subject and the
infinitive goes after the subject
question words {What, Where, Who,
etc.) go at the start of a question
Do all countries have ID cards?

No, they don't. There are more than a hundred countries in the world
with ID cards. But several English-speaking countries don't have a
national ID card system. These countries include the UK, the US,
Canada, Australia, Ireland and New Zealand.
What do ID cards look like?

ID cards are usually made of plastic and can fit inside a person's
wallet.
1 Complete the questions by putting the

words in the correct place.
l do you do?
2 you speak any foreign languages?
3 what your name?
4 what's phone number?
5 you have any children?
6 where you born?
7 where did you to school?
8 where do live?
9 you married?
10 what your date of birth?
What information do governments put on ID cards?
what
do
is
your
do
were
go
you
are
is
Most ID cards contain the person's name, date of birth,

signature and a photograph.
Some cards contain other information such as
the person's address, phone number, nationality,
profession and marital status.
What is a biometric ID card?

More modern ID cards now contain biometric
information, for example, fingerprints or digital
images of people's eyes.
2 Match the questions in exercise 1 to the

topics in the box.
Name
Profession
Address
Marital status
Phone number
Children
Date of birth
Education
Place of birth
Languages
3 Choose five questions from exercise 1.

Work in pairs and ask each other the
questions.
^ ^ G r a m m a r f o c u s - explanation & more
practice of w o r d order on p a g e 1 3 2
Pronunciation
1
1.02 Listen to three
people spelling personal
information. W r i t e the words
they spell.
2 W o r k in pairs. A: spell the
words to B.
y o u r last n a m e
the n a m e of the street you
live on
two words from this lesson
3 Swap roles and repeat.
Individua! Unit 1
ndividua
Port 2
Speaking & Vocabulary
Speaking and Vocabulary
Listening
1 Think of someone you know very well

and describe this person to a partner. Use
the phrases below to help you.
1
1.03-1.08 Listen to four
conversations and choose the correct
photo a-j on page 9 for each one.
Gramn ar
This is ...
What & How questions
He's / She's ...
2 Listen again and answer the questions.

There is one question for each conversation.
He's / She's g o t . . . eyes and ... hair.
He's / She's ... years old.
Describing people
Listening
Identity p a r a d e
Speaking
False identities
1
2
3
4
2 Write the words in the box under the

correct headings below.
bald
beard
in her twenties
middle-aged
shoulder-length
blond
curly
fair
medium-height
overweight
slim
scar
straight
short
Does the woman like the photo?

How old is the baby?
What is different about Bella?
What colour is the man's hair?
3 Work in pairs. A: choose one of the

photos and describe it to your partner. B: try
to guess the correct photo. Then swap roles
and repeat.
young
3 Think about the person you described in

exercise 1. Can you add any more details to
the description?
We use look + adjective to describe a

person's appearance.
He looks thin. She looks good.
We use look + like + noun phrase to compare
someone's appearance to someone or
something else.
She looks like her mother.
He looks like a film star.
Choose the correct option in each pair of

sentences.
1
2
jjj
Unit 1 Individual
He looks like his father. He looks his father.

Are you OK?
You look tired.
I look like horrible
in this photo.
That chair
doesn't look
comfortable.
Are you OK?

You look like tired.
3 I look horrible in
this photo.
4 That chair
doesn't look
like comfortable.
Grammar
How old is he?
What kind of car does he drive?
What colour are his eyes?
use how + adjectives such as old, tall, long to ask
for more detail
use what + kind o f / son of + noun to ask for
information about the noun
also use what + colour / time / size to ask for

specific detail
1 Complete the questions below with the correct
question words.
how
how many
what kinds
how much
what sort
2 Put the words in the correct

order to make questions.
safe is your identity?

The answer is: not safe, if you look at the statistics for
identity theft.
of crime is identity theft?
Identity (ID) theft occurs when someone steals your
identity. It's one of the biggest new crimes in the
world today.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
G r a m m a r focus - explanation
& more practice of what a n d how on
page 132
people are victims of identity theft every

year?
Experts think that millions of people are victims
around the world. In the US alone, it's around nine
million people every year.
does identity theft cost?
ID theft is big business and costs billions of dollars to
national economies.
of identity theft are there?
There are different types: using your credit card;
getting a phone in your name or getting a government
document, eg a driving licence, are some examples.
colour are y o u r eyes what?

hair colour what y o u r is?
hair how long y o u r is?
month what birthday is your?
old you how are?
street live you do on what?
tall y o u are how?
Speaking
1 W r i t e this information on a
piece of paper and give it to the
teacher.
y o u r full name
y o u r address
y o u r birthday
2 You are g o i n g to steal someone's

identity. Take a piece of paper from
the teacher and do not show it to
anybody. T h i s is y o u r new identity.
3 W o r k in pairs and ask each other
questions from exercise 2. Find out
y o u r partner's false identity.
Individual Unit 1
11
nd
Part 3
Vocabulary & Listening
People y o u k n o w
Listening & Reading

Six degrees of
separation
Grammar
Present simple,
Vocabulary and Listening
Listening and Reading
1 Work in pairs and make a list of the people

you know in the class. Tell each other what
you know about them.
1 *3f 1.08 Read and listen to the extract

from the play Six Degrees ofSeparation on
page 11. Do you know this theory?
2
1.07 Listen to a woman talking about
people she knows. Write the words in the box
under the correct names.
2
1.09 Listen to an explanation of the
theory. Draw lines between the names below
to show which people
are connected.
frequency a d v e r b s
acquaintance
classmate
colleague
Speaking
friend
Famiiy &
neighbour
friends
Sofia
Hans
3, TListen
again.
Explain the link
John
The
Jane
Ambassador
between ...
1 y o u and J o h n .
Jane and
Robert.
Mary
Robert
The Secretary
General of the
United Nations
3 M r Smith and
Mr Smith
the Ambassador.
4 Work in pairs and discuss these questions.
Do you think this theory is true? Are you
connected to a famous person in any way?
Tell your partner.
My wife's sister has met the
President.
I work with a man. His son's teacher went to

school with a famous
Ken
3
1
2
3
4
Pilar
Listen again and answer the questions.

Where is Becky's neighbour?
Does Becky know Hans well?
Does she work with Ken?
How does she know Sofia?
4 Copy the diagram above and write

the names of people you know. Write the
relationship underneath each name. Then
work in pairs and tell each other about the
people.
This is Louise. She's my
Jorge is a colleague
from
If you are in touch with someone you see,

speak to or write to them.
He is often in touch with important people.
You can lose touch with a person if you don't
see, speak or write to them any more. You are
then out of touch with that person.
I lost touch with a lot of my school friends
many years ago. We are out of touch now.
Keep in touch or sfay in touch are informal
expressions you can use to tell someone you
want to be in contact.
See you soon. Let's keep in touch.
Complete the sentences with an expression

using touch.
1
2
neighbour.
work.
3
4
Unit 1 Society
singer.
She's still
with her grandmother.
She writes to her every week.
I'm
with my school friends.
I never see them.
A: See you later.
B: OK
He doesn't want to
with his family.
He calls them every month.
It's a
small
world
Grammar
I read somewhere that everybody on this

planet is separated by only six other people.
Robert works for a big hotel in the city centre.

Mr Smith knows many people.
He sometimes has lunch with the
ambassador.
He is often in touch with important people.
use the present simple to talk about
habits and routines and for things that
are always true
add.? to regular verbs when talking
about he / she / it
use frequency adverbs to say how often
something happens
frequency adverbs go between the
subject and the verb except with the
verb to be
1 Complete the text about online social
networks using the correct form of the
words given.
Keeping in touch
One way people often
(keep) in
touch with friends and family is using the
internet. People
(use) social
networking sites. These are special websites.
Every member
(have) their
own page.
Six degrees of separation between us and

everyone else on this planet. The President
of the United States, a gondolier in Venice,
just fill in the names. ... I am b o u n d - y o u
are bound - to everyone on this planet by a
trail of six people.
From Six Degrees
of
Separation
by John Guare.
2 Complete the sentences

by putting the word or phrase
in the correct place.
1 Becky talks to her parents on the
phone. (three times a week)
2 She is very friendly with the neighbours. ( a l w a y s )
3 She goes out with her colleagues, (often)
4 She uses the internet to keep in touch with people, (every day)
G r a m m a r f o c u s - e x p l a n a t i o n & more practice of the present simple
on p a g e 1 3 2
Speaking
Work in pairs.
A: turn to page 126.
B: turn to page 128.
Let's look at Jim, for example. Jim

(be) always in touch with his network of friends.
He
(not write) emails, he
(put) information on a social networking site
every day. Jim often
(take) photos
of his family and
(put) them on his
webpage. His friends
(look) at Jim's
page and (see) the information
and photos. They then
(send) him
messages.
I3S1E
Society
Part 4
Speaking & Reading
CCTV is w a t c h i n g y o u
Grammar
Present continuous
Pronunciation
Linking w o r d s
Speaking and Reading

1 Read the information below about C C T V
cameras and answer the questions in pairs.
1 Do any of the facts surprise you?
2 Do you have C C T V in your town?
Where?
3 Do you think that C C T V cameras are a
good idea?
2 Quickly read Readers' response on page 13.

What kind of texts are they?
a
b
c
d
3 Read the texts again and answer the

questions.
1
2
3
4
CCTV^
Meaning: Closed Circuit Television
Origin 1942, to watch German rocket launches
Early uses: government buildings and banks
Modern uses: shops, airports, buses, hospitals, schools,
streets, underground train systems
Larger number of CCTV cameras in one place: Singapore
Airport (more than 3,000)
Most common place for a CCTV camera: at a cash machine
City with most CCTV cameras: London, England
Times per day that average English person is on camera: 300
advertisements in a newspaper
letters to a newspaper
emails to a company
messages from the government
Who works at night in a shop?

Who thinks the article is not fair?
Who talks about the police?
Who mentions other ways of watching
people?
4 Work in pairs. Find two arguments in

favour of and two arguments against C C T V
cameras in the texts. Which arguments do
you agree with?
Extend your
- expressions
Place is a very common word in English
expressions.
If something takes place, it happens.
The festival takes place in October.
If something is out of place it does not
belong or is uncomfortable.
/ felt out of place there, I didn't know
anybody.
Look at the highlighted expressions in

the texts on page 13. Match them to their
meanings or uses 1-5 below.
1
2
3
4
5
to explain the first point in an argument

instead of
everywhere
a particular position or part of town
that something is not appropriate for you
First identity cards, and

now cameras all over the
place. They are watching
our every move. Soon they
will listen to our phone calls
and read our emails and
letters. Do we have any
private life left?
Readers'
response
CCTV is watching you
Your article,
negative
CCTV
is watching
view of CCTV cameras.
you, gives a very

In the first place,
truth is that we are living in a dangerous

people
need
with
You only give one side of the

So we have CCTV
cameras
in our neighbourhood.
I really
don't understand it. This is a
very quiet place and there are
no problems here. Personally I
believe
Grammar
CCTV cameras are watching
you.
We are putting in two more cameras
We agree with CCTV cameras.
that this is just
example
of
invasion
of our
another
government
privacy.
I am looking / look out of my window at

work right now and I can see two CCTV
cameras. These cameras are belonging /
belong to the company, and they watch our
every move. I am not understanding / don't
understand why we are needing / need
them. I am not liking / don't like them.
Lola Sule
2 Think of three people you know. For

each person, write two or more sentences
about...
what they do.
what they are probably doing now.
My brother Graham works as a secondary
school teacher.
He's probably teaching a history class right
argument!
technology.
cameras
with the cameras

it's how people
If the police
to find information
what is the problem
isn't
are using
are using
about
the
the
the
criminals,
with that? It's not
to say how they should
our
do their
job.
Kenneth Thomas
My co-workers
. use the present continuous to talk

about things that are happening now
or around now
. use the present continuous to talk
about temporary situations
. we do not usually use stative verbs
such as agree, believe, know, like, need
with the present continuous
now.
The problem
technology,
now.
1 Underline the correct form of the verbs

in the letter.
how
CCTV.
Philip Richards
place
Martha Klein
and
to feel safe. You also don't mention
crime is going down in neighbourhoods
Rajit Gadh
the
society
cameras.
and I agree
We work in a 24-hour
with
CCTV
shop and I
usually work late. We have two cameras

shop and we are putting
don't have a lot of money.

us protection
in the
in two more now.

The cameras
in place of security
We
give
guards.
Tatyana Ivanov
3 Work in pairs and compare your

sentences. Ask one question about
each person on your partner's paper.
Where is your brother
teaching?
^ ^ G r a m m a r focus - explanation & more

practice of the present continuous o n p a g e 1 3 2
Pronunciation
1
1.10 Listen to five sentences.
How many words do you hear in each?
(contractions = two words)
2 Listen again and write the sentences.
Then practise saying them. Pay attention to
linking the words together.
3 Work in pairs and imagine a context for
each sentence. Think about:
Who is speaking?
Where are they?
What do they say next?
Society Unit 1
Warm up
Language focus: social expressions
Work in pairs and choose two or three situations from the

list below. Roleplay a short conversation for each situation.
Read the phrases and cross out the response that is not
correct.
1 How are you?
a Fine thanks.
b Very well, thank you.
c I'm nice.
2 Hi, I'm George.
a Fine to meet you.
h Nice to meet you.
c Pleased to meet you.
3 Flave a good weekend.
a You too.
b Thanks.
c Yes, please.
4 Excuse me.
a Yes, can I help you?
b You're welcome,
c Yes?
5 Thanks for everything.
a You're welcome.
b No problem,
c Yes, please.
6 See you tomorrow.
a You too.
b Bye.
c See you.
7 I'm sorry.
a That's all right.
b It's OK.
c You're welcome.
Situations
1
You are meeting for the first time.
You are friends. It's late and you w o u l d like to go home.
A is working and B is the customer. B: you want some
You work together. It's A's first day. B: introduce yourself.
help.
You are classmates. It's the end of the week and you are
saying goodbye.
A: it's your birthday. B gives you a present.
You d o n ' t know each other. A: you b u m p into B w h o

drops something.
How are you?
Thank you very much!
Nice to meet you.
See you tomorrow.
Have a g o o d weekend.
I'm sorry.
Excuse me.
Listening
1 . 1 1 - 1 . 1 4 Listen to four conversations. Match each one
to a picture and a situation.
Speaking
Work with a new partner and choose one of the tasks
below.
A Repeat the warm up activity using the new expressions
you have learnt.
B Look at the audioscript on page 152 and choose one of
the conversations. Practise it and try to memorise it. Then
continue the conversation.
Unit 1 Function globally
Same language but different
Global English
by David Crystal
We use language to express our thoughts, form relationships with others, and build communities. The
focus is always on the individual. If you study language you study people, and people are as different as
chalk from cheese. So their language will be different too.
Sometimes it's regional background that makes the difference. If you
hear someone say That's a bonny wee child, the speaker is probably from
Scotland, because words like wee (little) and bonny (pretty) are hardly ever
used anywhere else. And someone who says My car's hood and windshield
were damaged probably has an American background; someone from the
UK would say bonnet and windscreen.
Glossary
background (noun) - the type of family, social position or
culture that someone comes from
BRB (verb) - internet abbreviation for Be Right Back', you use
this to say informally that you will return soon
LOL (verb) - internet abbreviation for laughing out loud\ you
use this to say informally that you think something is funny
Often it's social background that makes the difference. In the 1950s in
Britain there was a lot of publicity about how upper-class (U) people used different
words from those used by other classes (non-U). U speakers had luncheon (or lunch)
in the middle of the day and dinner in the evening. Non-U speakers had dinner in the
middle of the day. Luncheon is rare today, but there is a still a social divide between
15 lunch and dinner.
10
Above all, these days, it's the technology that makes the difference. The internet allows
people to express their individuality in ways that were inconceivable a few years ago.
Emails vary from highly formal (Dear Professor Crystal) to highly informal (Vo, Dave!!).
Older people often keep the rules of punctuation and capitalisation they once learned;
younger people often try out new ways (/' dont think so - LOL).
But times are changing. As more older people start to use the internet, they are also
using the latest abbreviations more and more. BRB (Be right back).
Warm up
Language focus
1 Are these sentences true ( T ) or false (F) for you?
Find words or expressions in the text with these meanings.

1 to be very different (lines 2-3)
2 uncommon (line 14)
I speak more than one language.

I speak differently at work to how I speak at home.
My language has many different dialects.
There is more than one language in my country.
Rich people speak differently to poor people.
2 Work in pairs and compare your answers. Do you agree?
Reading
1 Read the text Same language but different. What three
factors does the author mention?
a differences in geography
b differences in social class
c differences in age
d differences in technology
2 Read the text again and decide if these sentences are

true (7) or false (F).
1
2
3
4
5
People are very different, so language is different.

Hood and windshield are British English words.
U speakers had lunch in the evening.
Technology always makes language very formal.
Young people don't use capital letters in the same way as
older people on the internet.
6 Young people are inventing new ways of using capital
letters.
3 most importantly (line 16)

4 impossible to think about or i m a g i n e (line 17)
Speaking
Do you think the differences in English that the author
talks about are true for your language? Think of some
examples. Use the questions below to help you.
How do people start and finish emails in your language?
Is it formal or informal?
Are there different parts of your country that use
different words to mean the same thing? Can you give
an example and explain it in English?
Are there abbreviations on the internet in your language
like LOL or BRB?
G l o b a l English Unit 1
Reading
Language focus: joining sentences
1 Read Constanza's
description of herself.
1 Join the sentences using and, but or so.

I have a dog called Lucky. I have a cat called
Mlmi.
Is i t . . .
I have a dog called Lucky and I have a cat called
a an email to a friend?
b an introduction for a social
networking site?
c a letter of application for a job?
1 I'm short and slim. I have long curly black hair.

2 My sister trained as a teacher. She's unemployed at the
moment.
3 I'm thirty years old. I'm married with two children.
4 Clodagh isn't a common name. People often don't know
how to spell it.
2 Is there anything in the description that's true for you?
Mlmi.
5 I have three sisters. I don't have any brothers.

Hi! My name is Constanza Ximena Jara Castro, but people call me
Coti for short. I'm twenty years and single. I born in Valdivia, in the
south of Chile, but now I live in Santiago, the capital city. I study
journalism in the university and I like very much this course.
We are five people in my family - my parents, my t w o elder sisters
and me. We also have got a dog called Kalu. My father's job is a
photographer and my mother is teacher.
In my free time I like swimming, listening music and seeing friends.
In the future I hope to go to USA for do a Master's and my ambition
is to work as a journalist for a national newspaper.
6 I was born in a small village. I find living in a big city

very strange.
2 Read the joined sentences. Cross out any words that you
don't need.
I have a dog called Lucky and I have a cat called
Preparing to write
Make notes about yourself for a social networking site. Use
the topics in the box to help you and include your own
ideas.
Name
Writing skills: looking for errors in your

work
1 Read a corrected copy of Constanza's description and
find twelve differences.
2 Which of these errors do you sometimes make?
3 Do you usually check your writing for errors before
giving it to a teacher?
Mimi.
Family
Age
Birthplace
Free t i m e
Town
Occupation
Ambitions
Writing
My full name is Alejandro Gustavo Donoso Jimenez.
People call me Alex for short.
My nickname is Chacho.
I was named after my grandfather.
I have a sister called Andrea and a brother called Pablo.
I have a dog whose name is Pepe.
Hi! My name is Constanza but people call me Coti for short. I'm
twenty years old and single. I was born in Valdivia, in the south
of Chile, but now I live in Santiago, the capital city. I am studying
journalism at university and I like this course very much.
There are five people in my family - my parents, my t w o elder
sisters and me. We also have a dog called Kalu. My father is a
photographer and my mother is a teacher.
In my free time I like swimming, listening to music and seeing
friends. In the future I hope to go to the USA to do a Master's and
my ambition is to work as a journalist for a national newspaper.
Unit 1 Writing
Writing
Write your description and check it for errors. Then work
in pairs and swap your descriptions. Try to correct each
other's work.
Global review
Grammar
Being a good language learner
1 Complete the questions with the correct words.
1 Read the learning questionnaire. How often are these

statements true for you? Give yourself a score for each
question. Not usually = 0 points Sometimes = 1 point
Usually = 2 points
1
2
married? No, I'm single.

speak English? Yes, a little.
your phone number?
It's 07051-459-216.
4
you do? I'm a teacher.
is your car? It's red.
* I try to practise using English as often

as 1 can outside the classroom.
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the

verb in brackets.
I am willing to take risks and am not

afraid of making mistakes.
1 A: Excuse me, can you help me?

B: I'm sorry, I
(try) to work right now.
2 I
(not / know) many people in this town.
3 My brother
(not/ like) his boss, so he
(look) lor a new job.
4 My mother
(not / speak) any foreign
languages.
* I am organised in the way i manage

my learning.
* I think about how I learn best.
* If I don't understand something, I try
to guess.
* I notice my mistakes and try to learn
from them.
Vocabulary
* I set goals and monitor my progress.
1 Find and correct six spelling mistakes.
If I am not sure about something, I ask

for help.
acquaintance
heigth
bald
identity
proffession
clasmate
keyring
colleage
middle-aged
freind
* I regularly review what I have learnt.
neigbour
* my
I tryideas.
to use English to communicate
umbrella
2 Look at the pictures. Correct three

mistakes in each description.
2 Add up your total score and read what it means below.
1 This is Carlos. He's bald and

overweight, and he's got a beard.
2 This is Veronica. She's middle-aged,
with short dark curly hair.
16-20
Congratulations! You are already an excellent
11-15
You already have some very g o o d language
language learner. Keep up the g o o d work!
learning strategies. Now think how you can

improve even more.
6-10
Speaking
Work in groups of three. A: throw a dice to choose a person
in the box. B and C: ask questions about the person. Ask
about name, age, job, family and what they look like. Then
swap roles and repeat.
1 A good friend
2 A neighbour
3 A family member
4 Your first friend
5 A new colleague or classmate
You are starting to use the right strategies but

need to be more consistent.
0-5
Maybe you are finding it difficult to make

progress. Try s o m e of the strategies above and
you could see a big difference.
Work in pairs and discuss the questions.

Which of the strategies in the quiz do you use most?
Which do you need to use more?
Give your partner suggestions about things to do.
4 Write two new things you will try to become a better

language learner.
6 A good teacher
Global review & Study skills Unit 1
Part I
Vocabulary & Speaking
food
Reading
Tastes comforting
Grammar
Countable /
uncountable nouns,
Vocabulary and Speaking
Reading
1 Write the words in the box under the

correct heading below.
1 îb 1.15 Read and listen to Tastes

comforting on page 19. Do you have a name
for this kind of food in your language?
bitter
eat
breakfast
fresh
snack
cook
lunch
spicy
dinner
salty
sweet
2 Read the text again and make notes

about each kind of comfort food under the
headings name, country and ingredients.
serve
taste
quantifiers (some,
any, no)
Speaking
Food verbs
Kinds of
meal
H o w do you m a k e
it?
Food
3 Work in pairs and tell each other about

the four kinds of comfort food in the text.
4 Do you have a comfort food? Tell your
partner about it.
5 You are going to read more information
about comfort food in different countries.
Work in pairs. A: turn to page 126. B: turn
to page 128.
Describing
food
2 Work in pairs and choose five questions

from the list below. Then ask each other the
questions.
What meals do you eat with your family?
Who prepares the food in your family?
W i a t do you like to eat on special
occasions, eg your birthday?
What did you have to eat last night?
How often do you buy food? Where do
you do the shopping?
Do you eat out a lot? What kind of food
do you like to eat at a restaurant?
What did you have to eat this morning?
Do you have a favourite food when you
are sad? What is it?
A: I'm going to ask you some questions
food and
about
eating.
B: OK.
A: What meals do you eat with your
B: I usually have breakfast
and dinner with my
family. I have lunch at work.
Unit 2 Eating
family?
You can use the noun taste when you

describe a flavour.
This chocolate has a very sweet taste.
It is also the name of one of the five senses
{sight, hearing, smell, touch and taste).
You can use the verb to taste in the following
ways:
taste + adjective
taste + like / of + noun
It tastes sweef / bitter / delicious / awful.
It tastes like chicken. This water tastes of
apples.
You can say It tastes delicious to give a
compliment about food.
Complete the sentences with your own ideas.
... has a sweet taste.

I like food that tastes ...
I think ... tastes awful.
tagine
Grammar
comforting
It's a dish of pasta and ?neat. We are making

two dishes like this.
There is some meat in the dish.
I like c o f f e e . Can I have a c o f f e e please?
We have some meat but we don ,t have any
The expression comfort food is only around forty years old. It means a kind of
familiar, simple food. People associate comfort food with good feelings, with
childhood or with home.
Comfort food exists in all cultures. Some examples of popular comfort
food from around the world include:
vegetables.
Roti - a kind of bread served with vegetables
countable nouns can be singular or

plural
uncountable nouns do not have a plural
form
some words can be countable or
uncountable
use some and any with plural nouns or
uncountable nouns
we usually use some in affirmative
sentences and any in negative sentences
and questions
Ramen
- a dish of noodles
with vegetables
Tagine - a slowly cooked

Poutine
or lentils (popular
and meat in a soup
dish of meat and vegetables
- a dish of fried potatoes
in India).
in
(popular
Japan).
(popular in
North Africa).
with cheese and meat sauce

(popular in French
Canada).
1 Look at these words from the texts. Decide if each

one is countable, uncountable or if it can be both.
bread
lentil
casserole
meat
sandwich
cheese
noodle
steak
chocolate
pasta
sweet
pizza
toast
cracker
potato
vegetable
2 Choose the correct word to complete the texts.
My comfort food
When I'm feeling sad, I always eat any / some
chicken soup. Very hot chicken soup with
pasta. There isn't any / a better dish for me.
Speaking
1 Think of a dish that you like and make
some notes about it. Use the headings below
to help you.
Ingredients
Last summer I studied English in Scotland and

stayed with a / some host family. Scottish food
was OK, but they didn't have a / any good
bread. Two weeks later a friend from Germany
visited and brought me some / any delicious
Roggenbrot bread. It was my comfort food.
Who usually prepares it

When you eat it
Why you like it

your dishes.
I'm going to tell you about arroz con costra. It's
Every time I go back to my village in Turkey,

I ask my mother to prepare baklava for me.
It's a / any special cake, with a / - honey and
any/ - nuts.
a Spanish dish and it's one of my favourites.

It's a rice dish. My father usually makes it in the
summer. You cook it with some
meat...
Grammar focus - explanation & more

practice of nouns on p a g e 1 3 4
Eating Unit 2
Eating
Part 2
Reading and Speaking
Reading & Speaking

Ten secrets ... from the
world's top kitchens
Grammar
Quantifiers (a lot of,

little,
a few,
much,
not
many)

In the kitchen
Pronunciation
I k l & /tJV
Listening
Z a o Shen
enough,
1 Work in pairs and ask each other these

questions.
1
2
3
4
Can you cook?

Do you like cooking?
What dishes can you make?
Who is the best cook you know?
Grammar
Do you eat too much food at mealtimes?
Put it in the oven for a few
minutes.
If you want a lot of juice from a lemon ...
Too much salt in a soup?
use a little and much with uncountable
nouns
use a few and many with plural
countable nouns
use a lot of and (not) enough with plural
nouns and uncountable nouns
use too much / many to say there is more
than you want
2
1.16 Read and listen to Ten secrets ...
from the world's top kitchens. Which secret or
secrets are about...
a
b
c
d
e
food preparation?
food storage?
eating?
cleaning?
the kitchen?
3 Did you know any of these tips? Tick (V)

the ones you knew.
4 Do you know any other good food tips?
What are they?
1 Read the sentences below about a busy

head chef. Match the sentences 1-5 to the
meanings a-e.
1 He is always a few minutes late for work.
2 He has a lot of friends at the restaurant.
3 He eats too many cakes and biscuits.
4 He doesn't get enough sleep.
s He has enough work at the moment.
a
b
c
d
e
He doesn't need any more,

He should eat less,
He isn't early,
He's often tired,
He has eight or nine.
2 Complete the questions with much or

many.
In a typical day ...
how
how
how
kitchen?
how
how
how
eat?
meals do you eat?

coffee do you drink?
. time do you spend in the
portions of fruit do you eat?
water do you drink?
junk food or fast food do you
3 Work in pairs and choose four questions

from the list above. Then ask each other the
questions. Use the expressions in the box to
help you.
a little
not much
a lot
not many
too many
too much
G r a m m a r f o c u s - explanation & more

practice of quantifiers on p a g e 1 3 4

1 Describe the differences between these
three kitchens.
bowl
fire
frying pan
glass
kettle
mug
oven
saucepan
sink
spoon
toaster
This kitchen looks like it's in ...

There are ... in this kitchen and ... in that
kitchen.
I think this picture is more interesting.
I prefer...
2 Which kitchen do you prefer? Why?
Pronunciation
Listening
1 O hi Listen to the words below.

Which have the /k/ sound, which have the
/t|7sound and which have both? Which
word does not have a /k/ or a /tJ7 sound?
1 Look at the picture of Zao Shen. Which

country do you think he is from? Who do
you think he is?
chill
chocolate
fork
knife
cloth
picture
cook
quick
cup
watch
2 Listen again and repeat. What are the

common spellings for /k/ and /tf/?
2
1.18 Listen to a short talk about Zao
Shen and answer the questions.
1 Who is Zao Shen?
2 Can you name one thing he does?
3 Where can you see pictures like this?
3 Are there any important beliefs about
food or kitchens in your culture? What are
they?
Eating Unit 2
Drinking
Part 3
Speaking & Vocabulary
Containers a n d
Speaking and Vocabulary
Reading
drinks
1 Work in pairs. How many correct

phrases can you make with the words
in the box?
1 Look at the photos and names of

different people on page 23. Do you know
any of the names? What drinks are they
associated with?
Reading
The people behind
the drinks
coffee
Grammar
glass
cola
Useful phrases
The infinitive
cup
juice
I don't know this name.
mug
milk
I think this is ...
tea
This is the name of a kind of coffee / water /

beer.
bottle
of
carton
beer
can
water
wine
Language note: some uncountable

nouns can be countable if we believe
there is a container, eg two
means two cups of
coffees
coffee.

questions.
2 <& 1.19 Read and listen to the text The

people behind the drinks. What do all the
drinks have in common? Choose the best
answer.
a They are all more than 100 years old.
b They are all cold drinks,
c They are not English drinks.
3 Read the text again and complete the
sentences with the names of the drinks.
sponsors a famous book.
. and
are from
What d o you like to drink ...
on a hot summer's day?

in the morning, with breakfast?
after dinner?
in the winter, when it's cold outside?
when you feel sad or miserable, as a
comfort drink?
What other drinks do you like? When?
Unit 2 Drinking
France.
and
. are hot drinks.
. was given as a present.
. and
were named
after monks.
4 Do you know any of these drinks?
Which ones?
Dr Louis Perrier was a doctor and politician

in the south of France. At the end of the 19th
century he got a job with a company that made
special mineral water in a bottle. The water was
originally popular in the UK and the US, but is
now available around the world.
Grammar
He wanted to make a new drink.
It was difficult to
understand.
use the infinitive after some verbs:
agree, forget, need, try, want

use the infinitive after adjectives
The espresso coffee with hot

milk has always had the Italian
name cappuccino. It is more
than three hundred and fifty
years old and is now famous
around the world. The name
comes from a group of monks
in Italy, the Capuchin monks.
1 Read the extract from George Orwell's A

nice cup of tea. Complete the rules by writing
to or nothing (-) in each gap. Do you agree
with his rules?
A nice cup of tea

CO In 1759 an Irishman called Arthur Guinness
0 started making beer in a small brewery in
C Dublin. He eventually created a dark beer
called Guinness, which became Ireland's
3 national beer. The Guinness company now
^
owns many different products, the most
famous being the Guinness Book of World
Records, first published in 1955.
It isn't easy to make a good cup of tea.

First of all, you should
use Indian or
Ceylonese tea.
It's important
- in a teapot.
make tea in small quantities
You need
Don't
.. make the teapot hot first.

put hot water in a cold pot.
Strong tea is the best kind of tea. One strong

tea is better than twenty weak teas.
After you
put the tea in the pot, stir it.
Or shake the pot.

Try ...
use a good breakfast cup for your tea.
Tea is best in a good cup.
Don't forget
put the tea in the cup
before you
>
2
o
_ . put the milk in.
British Prime Minister from

1830-1834. During his time in
office, he received some special
tea as a gift from China. The tea
became very popular in Britain,
Tea is meant _
be bitter. Don't put sugar
in a nice cup of tea.
2 Write some rules for how to make a drink

or some food that you know.
3 Work in pairs and tell each other your rules.
A nice...
It's important to...
You need to...
The best ...to eat/drink is ...
Glossary
Try to use...
blind (adjective) - unable to see
Don't forget to...
brewery (noun) - a place where people make beer
G r a m m a r f o c u s - explanation & more practice

of the infinitive on page 1 3 4
monk (noun) - a man who lives in a religious

community away from other people
^ H
W
r \ M
Drinking
Port 4
Vocabulary
The h u m a n b o d y
listening
W a f e r & the h u m a n b o d y
Grammar
The infinitive of purpose
PnDminciafion
t.r & /tu:/
Vocabulary
Grammar
1 How many parts of the body can you

name in English? Work in pairs and
complete the words below.
_ rm
ck
elb... w
we use the infinitive to say why we do

something
e ._ r
f..ng_r
ha .. r
h _ nd
ee
f__t
he _ d
Human beings need to drink water to live.

What does water do to help the body?
n _ se
1 Look at the pictures of different objects

below. Describe what each object is for
using the phrases in the box.
Speaking
Drinks questionnaire
2 Look at the words in the box. Decide

if each part is inside (i) or outside (0) the
body. Write I or O.
blood
bone _
heart _
3 Work in pairs. How many parts from

exercise 2 can you see in the picture?
Listening
1 You are going to hear a talk about water
and the human body. First check you
understand the words in the box.
convert
nutrients
factor
temperature
waste
2
1.20 Listen to the talk and write the
parts of the body that you hear.
3 Listen again. What do the numbers mean?
a few days
75%
85-95%
serve drinking water

You use this to water
skin
breathe
drink with
purify water
water plants
brain
muscle
nails...
breathe underwater
make ice cubes
22%
92%
4 How much water do you drink? Do

you think you drink enough water? Tell a
partner.
plants.
2 Complete More water facts with to + a

verb from the box.
flush
grow
have
produce
Pronunciation
1
1.5 Listen and circle how the
underlined word is pronounced in each
sentence.
provide
It's too cold.

Its/
You need to drink more water. Its/
ore water facts
2
1.22 Listen to the story below then
practise saying the sentences. Pay attention
to the pronunciation of/ta/ and /tu:/.
Around 2.5% of the planet's water is fresh

water. The rest is salt water.
It usually takes between 50 and 100 litres
a shower on average.
It takes 5 to 10 litres
Last summer I went to
the toilet.
You need 1,900 litres of water
Tunisia
one
kilogram of rice.
You need 100,000 litres of water
kilogram of beef.
/tu:/
/tu:/
one
It was too hot, and I needed something to

drink.
I was hungry too.
I went to a shop to buy some water.
I didn't know how to ask for water.
I didn't have enough money to pay for it.
I spoke to the owner.
And he gave it to me for free.
He gave me some oranges too.
Speaking
1 Use the prompts to make questions.
How much water / every day?

Do / too little water?
Do / water before you go to bed?
Do / bottled water or tap water?
How many bottles / week?
2 Work in pairs and choose one of the tasks

below.
3 Work in pairs. Complete the sentences in
as many different ways as you can.
A Ask each other the questions from

exercise 1.
I went to the shop to ...

People use water to ...
He's learning English to ...
0
G r a m m a r f o c u s - e x p l a n a t i o n & more
practice of the infinitive of purpose on p a g e , J 34*,
\
_
B Make a similar questionnaire about a

different drink, eg tea or coffee. Use the
questions in exercise 1 to help you. Then
interview another pair.
/ - ' f ( { 1 W
K
' i
V
t V Y
Warm up
Language focus: eating out
1 Look at the pictures of four different places to eat.

Work in pairs and describe the similarities and differences
between them.
1 Put the words in the correct order to make useful phrases.

Which phrases do customers say? Mark them with a C.
Useful language
fast food
flight attendant
self-service buffet
tray
Useful phrases
I think this is in ...
It looks like a / an ...
In this picture they're ... and in this picture they're ...
This one looks the most comfortable / expensive /
interesting.
2 Have you been to any places like these? Which photo do

you like the best?
Listening
1
1.23-1.25 Listen to three conversations. Match each
one to a photo. There is one photo you don't need.
Conversation 1: Who is the reservation for?
Who is ready to order: the man or the
woman?
Conversation 2: What is the problem with the food?
What size drink does the man have?
Conversation 3: Does the woman have anything else to drink?
Where does she have to pay?
1 would to order you what like?

2 here think I there's a mistake.
3 the I have could bill?
4 y o u r meal you did enjoy?
5 medium small, or large?

6 reservation we've a got.
7
over have to pay you there.
8 thanks lovely, it was.

9
for two, table please a.
2
1.26 Listen and check your answers. Then listen and
repeat the phrases.
Speaking
Work in groups of three. A and B: you are customers.
C: you work in a restaurant.
Turn to page 130 and choose a restaurant menu. Then
roleplay a conversation. Use the new expressions you
have learnt.
Warm up
Language focus: listing ingredients
1 Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

Use a dictionary to help you.
Choose the correct sentence.

1 a It consists of rice and lamb.
b It consists with rice and lamb.
2 a It's made from eggs and potatoes,
b It's made for eggs and potatoes.
3 a It's of vegetables, and meat and pasta.
b Tt's made with vegetables, and meat and pasta.
4 a It is got rice and fish in it.
b It has got rice and fish in it.
beetroot
lamb
boil
candy
fry
kebab
sweets
is a kind of meat.
2 A
3
4 ....
5
is a sort of meat dish.

is a kind of vegetable.
_ and
are sweet food made with sugar.
and
are two ways of cooking food.
2 What other words could you use to complete these

sentences?
Listening
1 You are going to listen to six people talking about food
that makes them think of home. Try to match the names of
food to the countries.
borsch
candy
schnitzel
1
2
3
4
5
6
kebab
Speaking
1 Choose three of the topics below. Write one example of
each on a piece of paper.
a typical food or drink from your country

a food or drink that you don't like
a food or drink that you liked when you were a child
a food or drink from another country that you like
2 Work in pairs and swap your lists. Can you guess

the categories?
pizza
tortilla
Iran
Italy
Russia
Germany
US
Spain
3 Tell each other more about the food or drinks

on your lists.
It consists o f . . .
It's made from ...
It's delicious! / It tastes really good.
1,27-1.32 Listen and check your answers.
3 Listen again and match the speakers 1-6

to the phrases a-f.
Speaker 1: Mo, Iran
Speaker 2: Gianfranco, Italy
Speaker 3: Elena, Russia
Speaker 4: Marlies, Germany
Speaker 5: Matt, US _
Speaker 6: Sonia, Spain
a
b
c
d
e
f
And it is very tasty really.

I think it is a very simple dish.
Of course not Pizza Hut but Napoli pizza.
They remind me of growing up in the United States.
Typical traditional food.
You most often have it with French fries.
Global voices Unit 2
i2 Writing a description of food and
Reading
Language focus: describing habits
1 Read Gustavo's description

of food in Brazil. Choose the
best title for each paragraph.
1 Notice how we describe habits.
a
b
c
d
Drinks in Brazil
Mealtimes
Invitation to Brazil
Food around Brazil
We normally /generally / usually have coffee with milk.

People like to / tend to eat quite late.
It is common /customary to have barbecues.
Complete the sentences.
We
to have our main meal in the evening.
It is
to use chopsticks when we eat.
On special occasions, people
to eat out.
People
have a sandwich for lunch.
It is
. for families to eat together.
We
. use fresh ingredients to prepare meals.
2 Complete the statements.

1 In Brazil, people tend to eat
. meals a day.
The main meal of the day in Brazil is
The national dish is
The most typical drinks are
Food and drink in Brazil are
Writing skills: using commas

Use commas ...
a to separate prepositional phrases.
In my country, people
normally have three meals a day.
b to separate items in a list.

breakfast,
lunch and
dinner
1 Find more examples of a and b in the text.

2 Add commas to these sentences.
1 In China typical dishes are rice noodles and dumplings.
2 Noodles are made with flour eggs and water.
3 For breakfast people tend to have coffee bread and jam.
Preparing to write
1 Make notes about food and drink in your country. Use
the paragraph titles to help you.
Mealtimes
Typical dishes
Drinks
2 Work in pairs and share your ideas.
Describing meats a H P * '

I think that coffee is the most typical beverage in Brazil. People
The main meal of the day is ...

Our national dish is ...
A speciality / typical dish is ...
Our main / staple food is ...
Our most typical drink is ...
On special occasions, we have ...
Writing
Write a description of food and drink in your country for a
class magazine. Use your note and the useful phrases above
to help you.
Unit 2 Writing
review
Study skills
Grammar
Evaluating your language learning
Correct the mistakes in eight of these sentences

and tick (</) the two that are correct.
1 I need get more sleep.
2 English people drink a lot tea.
3 You drink too many coffee.
4 I use a coffee machine for make my coffee,
s How much biscuits do you want?
6 Could I have a few sugar in my tea, please?
7 This chocolate tastes bitter.
8 I have too little eggs to make a cake.
9 Don't forget buy some noodles.
10 It's important to eat enough fruit and vegetables.
1 Work in pairs. Look back at the unit you have just

studied. Tell each other which parts you found easy
or difficult.
2 Think about what you have learnt in this unit.
Mark the statements a, b, c or d.
a
b
c
d
confidently and accurately

quite confidently and accurately
with help from my notes or my teacher
with difficulty
I can ...
* describe my eating and drinking habits
Vocabulary
* ask about eating and drinking habits
Circle the correct option to describe each picture.

1 bottle / carton / can of juice
2 mug /glass / cup of coffee
3 plate /frying pan / saucepan
4 spoon /fork / knife
s oven / sink / microwave
6 finger / arm / elbow
7 knee/foot / back
8 nail / muscle / bone
9 casserole / vegetable / toast
10 cook /serve / taste
* talk about quantities

* describe things in a kitchen
*
pronounce the sounds /k/ and /tJ7
* find information in a short reading text

* talk about containers and drinks
*
understand a simple listening passage
* describe how to make a dish or drink

* describe purpose using to + infinitive
3 Work in pairs and compare your answers.

4 Look at how Stefan has evaluated his language ability.
Underline the phrases which describe ability.
- [dt
/ thuv/c I'm. quite jcrod at MuLerstaMxim^ reÂmy teods in

the Inmic. Smtetimts I-find, it dijfuMti
to Miderstand
the
Speaking and Writing
Uitenui^ partakes. I'M not very jm>d atqroAMMcar but my
1 Work in groups of three and ask each other the

questions.
especially everyday EnîUk. 1 need -Mtore-practicein ipeakmg.
What did you eat and drink yesterday?

Do you have a healthy diet?
Useful phrases
I eat a lot of...
I eat / drink too much / many ...
I don't eat enough ...
2 Work in pairs. You are going to have a party for

everyone in the class. Write a list of the food and drink you
need to buy. Then compare your list with another pair.
prowAAuuMlcm. k tûtte jcmd. 1 -need to expand my vctalrwUry,
5 Work in pairs and describe your ability in the areas

below. Make suggestions about how to improve.
Grammar
Reading
Vocabulary
Listening
Pronunciation
Speaking
Social situations
Writing
6 Write a letter to your teacher. Say what you have
found easy and difficult in the classes so far. Describe
your general language ability.

Works of
art
Reading

1 Match the words to the pictures a-h.
Discovered!
cave art
old manuscript
photograph
sculpture
Words in the same family:

discover - verb
discovery - noun
discovered - adjective
undiscovered - adjective
painting
self-portrait
Speaking
sketch
statue
Art
Complete the sentences with the correct

form of discover.
2 W o r k in pairs and describe the pictures.

U s e the words in exercise 1 and the useful
phrases to help you.
1 The archaeologists made an important

near the town castle.
2 We only want to
the truth.
3 News flash: Picasso sketches
in
church basement.
4 The painting was
until the dealer
noticed it on the wall.
* This picture shows ...

9
I think this is a picture o f . . .
It looks as if + clause ...
This is from + time / place ...

9
I (really) like / don't like this picture ...
Reading
1
1,33 Read and listen to
Discovered!
on page 31 and match each text to a picture.
T h e r e are four pictures that you do not
need.
2 Read the texts again and complete the
sentences with one or more words.
1 T h e Venus de Milo is a statue of
Speaking
W o r k in pairs and choose one of the tasks
below.
A Tell y o u r partner about an object that
is important in your family. Use these
questions to help you prepare.
W h a t is the object?
H o w old is it?
W h e r e did it come from?
W h y is it important to you?
2 The Venus de Milo is now in _
B Ask each other these questions.
Some Mexican workers discovered a

sculpture while they were installing
4 T h e sculpture is n o w in
5 T h e couple from M i l w a u k e e thought
their Van G o g h painting was
6 Vase with Flowers sold for
-.
7 T h e man found the Declaration of
Independence while he was shopping at
8 T h e manuscript was inside a
Do y o u like art?
W h a t kind of art do you like?
Do y o u have any art in y o u r house?
W h a t is it? W h o is it by?
Have you ever been to an art gallery?
W h i c h one?
fv CO VCR *>
; > Jnv 4.
tmotw^rtforaK
i ti tf^HmmCfl.
Discovered!
mIn 1820 a Greek peasant named Yorgos was working in his

field on the island of Milos when he found several blocks of
stone. Under the stones were four statues: three figures of the
God Hermes and one of Aphrodite, the goddess of love. Three
weeks later a group of French archaeologists arrived by ship.
They bought the Aphrodite and took it to France. The king, Louis
XVIII, called it Venus de Milo and gave it to the Louvre. It is now
one of the most famous works of art in the world.
Under a street
On February 21, 1978, workers were putting down electrical cables
on a busy street corner in Mexico City when they discovered a
huge sculpture of the Aztec moon goddess Coyolxauhqui. It was
more than four hundred years old and is now in the Museum of the
Great Temple in Mexico.
esi
On a wall
.$mBmm
A man and his wife from Milwaukee, US, asked an art dealer to
look at a painting they had in their home. While he was walking
through the house, the dealer saw a different painting. The couple
thought this was a reproduction of a Vincent Van Gogh, but it was
in fact the original. On March 10, 1991, the painting Vase with
Flowers sold for $1.4 million.
At a market
A man from Philadelphia was shopping at a flea market when
he saw a wooden picture frame he liked. He paid $4 for it.
When he got home he took the old picture out of the frame
and found an old document behind it. It was a copy from
1776 of the American Declaration of Independence. The
copy sold for $2.4 million in New York in 1991.
Glossary
archaeologist (noun) - a person who studies ancient societies
dealer (noun) - a person who sells a particular product
flea market (noun) - a market where old things are sold at low prices
peasant (noun) - a poor person who works on another person's farm
reproduction (noun) - a copy of something
Art Unit 3
Art
Part 2
Speaking
Retelling stories
Grammar
Past simple & past
Speaking
1 Work in pairs. Tell each other what you
remember about the works of art from page
31. Use the phrases below to help you.
3 Complete the texts with the past simple

or past continuous form of the verbs in
brackets.
continuous
A Greek peasant was working in his field

Vocabulary
when ...
Furniture & furnishings
In 1978 a group of Mexican workers were

Reading
The Picture of Dorian
Gray
putting d o w n electrical cables w h e n ...

One day an art dealer went to visit a man and
is wife in Milwaukee. While he w a s walking
Pronunciation
In 1978 workers
behind an old casino in Dawson City,
Yukon when they -
_ (discover)
more than 500 films from 1903 to 1929. The

films
{be) in perfect condition
because of the cold temperatures.
through the house ...
Past simple regular verbs
A man from Philadelphia w a s shopping at a

In 1990 Barbara Testa, a librarian,
Writing
flea market when ...
A scene f r o m a short
2 Check your answers in the texts.
(find) 665 pages of an old book while she
story
... -
(look) through a trunk in
her attic. The book
Grammar
(be) the original manuscript of the

great American novel Huckleberry
1 Write the past simple form of the verbs

in the box. All the verbs are in the text on
page 31.
lUS
Finn by Mark Twain.
Every day employees of the God's
arrive
get
ask
pay
buy
see
discover
sell
find
House Tower Museum in Southampton, UK
take
{put) their bicycles against a black

rock in the basement. In 2000 two Egyptologists
2 Put the verbs into two groups, regular

and irregular verbs.
Three weeks later a group of French
archaeologists arrived by ship.
Yorgos was working in his field.
While he was walking through the house, the
dealer saw a different
painting.
use the past simple to talk about
completed actions in the past
use the past continuous to talk about an
action in progress in the past
the past continuous is common with
a simple past action when one action
interrupts the other
(visit) the museum. They

(examine) other items when they .
(see)
the black rock. They

(identify) it as a 2,700-yearold statue of the Egyptian
King Taharqa.

practice of past tenses on p a g e 1 3 6
Vocabulary
1 Which of these things can you see in the
picture on page 33?
armchair
carpet
coffee table
curtains
lamp
mirror
shelf
sofa
wall
window
2 Which things do you have in your house?
Where are they?
Unit 3Functionglobally
Reading
1 QH.34 Read and listen to an extract from
the book The Picttire of Dorian Gray. What was
happening?
2 Work in pairs. Choose two of these
questions and then discuss them.
Have you read this book? Would you like to?
Dorian makes a wish by saying:
'I wish that I could always be young. I wish
that picture could grow old instead of me.'
Would you make the same wish as Dorian?
Why?
Do you think people are too concerned
with being young in today's society?
'Your personality is written on your face.'
What does this quote mean? Do you agree
with it?
1 CH.35 Listen to some sentences from

the text. Tick (t/) the verbs that have an extra
syllable in the past tense.
decide - decided
walk - walked
stop-stopped
look-looked
open - opened
remember - remembered
discovered
loved
wanted
worked
soul (noun) - the spiritual part of a person

wit (noun) - the ability to use words in a clever way
that makes people laugh
Writing
hated
needed
Mark was sitting in the most comfortable

armchair when he heard the strange noise
again.
1 didn't know its secret.

As she was looking at the photograph, she
was certain she saw the eyes move.
3 How do you pronounce the past tense of

these verbs?
listened
huge (adjective) - extremely large
I was happy when I received the sculpture, but
2 Practise saying the verbs and the past tense

forms.
asked
cruel (adjective) - causing pain to people
1 Read the opening sentences from four

short stories.
Pronunciation
1
2
3
4
s
6
Glossary
finished
started
It was the most beautiful painting, and the

most dangerous.
2 Choose one of the sentences and

continue the story. Write two or three
more sentences.
3 Work in pairs. Swap your stories and
add another sentence to your partner's
story. Then return the story to your
partner.
Oscar Wilde (1854-1900)

Oscar Wilde was an Irish
writer of plays, poetry and
novels. He was famous for his
wit and commentary on the
society of Victorian London.
Art Unit 3
Part 3
Speaking
Vocabulary
Describing pictures
1 Rearrange the letters to make the correct

words.
Vocabulary
Audio & video
Listening & Writing
yapl
wirend
staf wadfror
II
saupe
cejet
The h i s t o r y o f s o u n d
recording
pots
Grammar
2
1.36 Listen and check your answers.
Then repeat the words.
Used to
Pronunciation
3 Match the words to the pictures on page 35.
Used to
Speaking
1 Look at pictures a and b. Make some
notes on the differences between them. Use
the useful language and phrases to help you.
audio cassette
CD
DVD player
headphones
M P 3 player
record
record player
video cassette
Do you have any of these things at home?
4
1.37 Complete the instructions with
the words in the box. Then listen and check
your answers.
concert hall
drummer
button
down
off
on
plug
up
watch
orchestra
rock group
Right, to use this DVD player,

first you
This looks like ...
turn it
The picture at the top / b o t t o m s h o w s ...

Maybe / perhaps it's in ...
2 Work in pairs and describe the

differences between the pictures.
questions.
What kind of music do you like?
Where do you usually listen to music? At
home, at work, on the bus etc?
Do you listen to music while you are
working or studying? What kind of
musicr
Unit 3 Music
it in here. To
, just press this
Now press eject and put

the disc in the tray. Close the tray
and press play to
To turn
the film.
the volume, use this
button. If it's too loud, turn

the volume with this button. And,
to turn it
press here.
5 Work in pairs. Make a similar set of

instructions for a CD or MP3 player.
Listening and Writing
Grammar
1 You are going to hear a lecture about

the history of sound recording. Before
you listen, list the words from vocabulary
exercise 3 in order from oldest to newest.
People used to listen to music on vinyl discs.

Vinyl records used to be popular.
They didn't use to have CDs.
use used to to talk about regular actions
in the past which don't happen now
use used to to talk about situations in
the past which aren't true now
the negative of used to is didn V use to
2 O l . 3 8 Listen to the lecture and check

your answers.
3 Listen again and complete the notes.
sound recording
mas Edison in.
Edison predicts sound recordings for office
dictation, speaking
, education, talking
_ and music.
people play.
. players.
first films with sound - called

: Philips introduces audio cassette.
first
opens in Los Angeles.

VHS video, cassette Walkman and
ends era of the record.
DVD
first digital music player sold in

Apple iPod, a popular
Current music devices can store.
video and
appears.
. songs,
Extend y
saying a
In English we can use the phrase the nineties
to describe the years from 1990 to 1999.
/ was at university in the nineties.
In informal writing we can write the 90s.
The years 2000 to 2010 are sometimes called
the noughties.

decades.
1 I don't like music from
(1980
1989).
2 I was born in
(1960-1969).
3 I was at school in
(1970-1989).
1 Look at the picture below and rewrite the

sentences with used to.
In those days families were bigger.
In those days families used to be bigger.
1
2
3
4
Most women were housewives.

People didn't have lots of things.
Most families didn't have a television.
Some families had a radio in the living
room.
2 Make questions with did and use to. Add

two more questions.
1 What music
2 Where
3
you
you
you
listen to?
go to school?
have long hair?
3 Work in pairs and ask each other the

questions.
practice of used to on page 1 3 6
Pronunciation
1
1.39 Listen and repeat these
sentences. Pay attention to the stressed
words.
M y brother used to play the guitar.
1 didn't use to listen to classical music.
In connected speech, used to is pronounced
/juista/.
2 Underline the stressed words in
grammar exercise 1.
3
Then repeat the sentences.
Music Unit 3
Music
Part 4
Vocabulary
Feelings
Listening
Music in film & TV
Speaking & Reading
High Fidelity
Vocabulary
Listening
1 Match the words in bold to the words in

the box with similar meanings.
1 <5? 1.42 Listen to the composer Andy

Price talking about how he uses music in
films and T V programmes. Tick ( ) the
feelings he mentions.
1 was feeling cheerful today because ...

... makes me feel very calm.
Last week I was miserable because ...
I'm frightened of ...
... makes me sleepy.
I'm always anxious when ...
angry
relaxed
bored
sad
excited
scared
happy
tense
tired
angry
sad
calm
safe
excited
scared
happy
tense
2 Listen again and choose the correct

answers.
Music used to be / has always been an
2 Complete the sentences in exercise 1 so

they are true for you.
important part of film and television.
3
1.41 Listen to four short pieces of
music. How do they make you feel?
then use violins, played very quickly and on
4 Imagine one of the short pieces of music

is part of a scene from a film. Listen again
and answer the questions.
Gentle music on a guitar, piano or violin is
Where is the scene?

Who is in the scene?
How do they feel?
What is happening?

the scene you imagined.
If you want an audience to feel scared / angry

a high note.
good for love scenes / death scenes.

Choral music (people singing) can make an
audience feel tense / sad.
When the character of Robin Hood appears
in the programme you can hear trumpets /
guitars.
The orchestra used to play / usually plays in
front of a large screen showing the film.
3 Work in pairs and compare your answers.

Andy Price is a composer
for theatre, film, television
and advertisements. His
work includes the music
to the BBC programmes
Robin Hood, Score and
The Six Wives of Henry
VIII. He has won many
awards for his work.
Unit 3 Music
You can use just in spoken English in different ways.

For emphasis:
Just turn it off!
To mean only:
It just makes me bored.
To mean exactly:
What came first, the

music or the misery? Did i listen to
music because I was miserable? Or was I miserable
because I listened to music? Do all those records turn
He is just like his father.
Put just into the following sentences. What does just

mean in each one?
1 Be quiet, please.
2 It was a mistake.
you into a melancholy person?

People worry about kids playing with guns, and
3 Thank you for the CD, it's what I wanted.
teenagers watching violent videos; we are scared that
Speaking and Reading
some sort of culture of violence will take them over.
1 Work in pairs. W r i t e down the names of

all the pop groups you can think of in one
minute.
2 Work with another pair and compare
Nobody worries about kids listening to thousands - literally

thousands - of songs about broken hearts and rejection
and pain and misery and loss. The unhappiest people I
your lists. Then answer these questions.

Is pop music popular in y o u r country?
Who listens to pop music?
Do you like pop music?
know are the ones who like pop music the most...
3
1.43 Read and listen to the extract
from Nick Hornby's High Fidelity. H o w does
pop music make the writer feel?
Nick Hornby (1957-)

Nick Hornby is one of Britain's most
popular contemporary authors. He
frequently writes about sport and music.
4 Work in pairs and discuss these

questions.
Many of the characters in his books have

aimless or obsessive personalities.
Do you think the author is being serious

or funny?
The writer thinks British people are very
scared of violence in videos.
Do people in your country worry about
this? Do you think it is a problem?
High Fidelity
(1995) is set in London and is
about Rob, a man who works in a record

shop. His girlfriend has left him. In the
rest of the book, Rob examines his past
relationships with women and with music.
There was a film of the book in 2000 and a
Broadway musical in 2007.
Glossary:
melancholy (noun) - a feeling of being very sad and having no hope
miserable (adjective) - extremely unhappy
Music Unit 3
^fc
Warm up
1 Work in pairs and look at the pictures from four different
films. Match the pictures to the types of film in the box.
action
comedy
romantic c o m e d y
drama
horror
science fiction
musical
thriller
2 Describe the similarities and differences between

the pictures.
3 What kinds of films do you like?
Useful language
costumes
in black and white
martial arts
Useful phrases
I think this one is a / an ...
1 Read the sentences and mark/I for agreeing, D for

disagreeing or I for in between.
I agree.
Absolutely. / Definitely.
I don't agree (at all).
Well, maybe b u t . . .
You're absolutely right.
That's what I think too.
Oh please!
That's right.
1 sort of agree / disagree b u t . . .
Exactly.
2
repeat the phrases. Try to copy the intonation.
Speaking
I've seen / I've never seen ...
Work in pairs and choose one of the tasks below.
This could be from India / Germany ...
A Complete these sentences with your own ideas.
Listening
1
1.44-1,46 Listen to three conversations about films
and match each one to a situation. There is one situation
you don't need.
a
b
c
d
Language focus: agreeing and

disagreeing
An interview situation, perhaps on television or on radio,

A couple deciding what to rent at a DVD shop,
Two friends coming out of the cinema,
A teacher giving his opinions about films to a class.

Conversation 1: Did they both like the film?
Conversation 2: What kinds of films do they talk about?
Conversation 3: What kind of film does the woman
want to see?
Two great films are

and
. and
Two great actors are
The best musician from my country is .
The worst kind of music today is
Compare your ideas with your partner. Do you agree
or disagree?
B Decide how much you agree or disagree with these
statements.
Music used to be much better.
Hollywood always produces the same kinds of films.
There is a lot of exciting new art around today.
Art galleries and museums are important for society.
Compare your opinions with your partner. Do you agree
or disagree?
The power of music

by David Crystal
Music has the power to engage all the emotions - from excitement to relaxation, from tears to laughter.
But why does it have such power over us? The clue lies in babies.
The word lullaby has been in English since the Middle Ages. It's one of several, such as rockaby
and
hushaby, which show how generations of mothers have helped their children fall asleep through music.
Babies can hear in the w o m b about t w o months before they're born. Newborns prefer their mother's
Glossary
voice to that of a stranger. And they show preferences in music too. One research study played the
clue (noun) - a piece of
same tune to a group of mothers every day throughout pregnancy; another group of mothers didn't
information that helps you to
hear the tune. When all the babies were born, their heart-rate w a s monitored while the tune was
understand something
played to them. Only the 'musical' babies reacted to the tune.
longer (adverb) - more time

monitor (verb) - to regularly
There's something special about the music of the voice. From the moment a baby is born, the
mother talks to it in an unusual way. Her voice ascends and descends from very high to very low almost like singing in speech. A n d infants soon copy. You can hear t h e m trying to sing from around
nine months of age.
check something
stranger (noun) - someone
who you do not know
Melody, of both speech and music, is especially

significant. In another study, infants were s h o w n t w o
pictures of their mother. In one she was singing and in
the other she was speaking. They looked for longer at
the singing one.
Singing also simplifies our vocal behaviour: w o r d s are
20
often shorter, sounds are clearer and repeat more often,

and they often rhyme. Nursery rhymes work so well
because they combine these effects - clear rhythm,
repeated sounds and rhyme. In the music of speech
lies the foundation of poetry.
Warm up
1 Complete the n u r s e r y r h y m e w i t h t h e w o r d s i n t h e b o x .
Do you k n o w t h i s r h y m e ?
all
blows
fall
Rock-a-bye baby on the tree top,
R e a d the text again. W h a t do these w o r d s refer to?
1 it (line 2)
2 It (line 3)
5 them (line 12)

6 one (line 18)
that (line 6)
they (line 21)
it ( l i n e 11)
they (line 22)
W h i c h of the facts in the text do y o u think are the m o s t
interesting? C o m p a r e y o u r ideas with a partner.
when the wind

the cradle will rock,
Language focus
when the bough breaks
Look at the words in the box and put them into two groups:
music or babies. Then translate them into your language.
the cradle will
down will come baby,

cradle and
born
infant
pregnancy
melody
rhyme
musical
singing
tune
nursery
womb
2 Can y o u r e m e m b e r a n y n u r s e r y r h y m e s i n y o u r
language? W h a t a r e t h e y ?
Speaking
Reading
Work in pairs and ask each other these questions.
1 Read the text. W h i c h s e n t e n c e is t h e b e s t s u m m a r y ?
When y o u were a child ...
a Music a n d p o e t r y a r e l i n k e d ,
b W e are a f f e c t e d b y m u s i c f r o m a v e r y y o u n g a g e .
c Babies are m o r e s e n s i t i v e t o m u s i c t h a n a d u l t s ,
d Lullabies a r e a n E n g l i s h i n v e n t i o n .
did
did
did
did
did
your mother or father sing to you? What songs?

you have a favourite record or group? What was it?
you play an instrument? Which one?
you have music class at school? Did you enjoy it?
you use to sing? WTiat songs?
Global English Unit 3
Reading
1 Read Stefano's review of a concert
he went to and answer the questions.
l
2
3
4
Who gave the concert?

What sort of singer is he?
Where was the concert held?
What happened during the concert?
Did Stefano enjoy the concert?
2 Find 12 more places where Stefano has joined sentences

with a comma.
3 Join some of the sentences using and, but or so.
Language focus: adjectives

Make your writing more interesting by avoiding words
like nice, good or great. Use your dictionary to find different
words.
Improve Stefano's writing by using these words in the text,
moving
powerful
talented
tender and expressive
Preparing to write
1 Think of a concert you have been to or would like to go
to. Make notes about it. Use the useful phrases below to
help you.
Paragraph 1: Who was the concert given by? Give some
information about the performer.
Paragraph 2: Where did the concert take place? Who was
in the audience? What happened during the concert? How
did you feel?
Paragraph 3: What happened at the end? How did you
feel?
2 Work in pairs and share your ideas.
Describing a c
H- P
The concert was given by ...

It was a live / open air / sell-out concert.
It took place in a stadium / a concert hall / a field.
The hall was full / p a c k e d / half empty.
The audience cheered / clapped / shouted.
The music was brilliant / powerful /moving.
2 Would you enjoy the concert? Why?
I felt excited / moved / happy.
Writing skills: sentences
Writing
1 You cannot join sentences with a comma. You need to

start a new sentence using a full stop and capital letter.
Stefano wrote:
Write a review of a concert. Use your notes to help you.
Last summer I went to a concert given by Vasco Rossi, he is

one of Italy's most famous rock
stars.
He should write:
Last summer I went to a concert given by Vasco Rossi. He is
one of Italy's most famous rock
Unit 3 Writing
stars.
'
'
.H
Global review
Study skills
Grammar
Conversation partners
1 Complete the sentences with the past simple or past
1 W o r k in pairs and discuss these questions.
continuous form of the verbs in brackets.
I How much
(you /pay) for that painting?

. (not /pay ) anything. It was a present.
When we.
(arrive) at the cinema, our friends
. (wait) for us.

My grandfather.
. ( f i n d ) a valuable manuscript
while he
(work) in his attic.
5 He.
. (sell) it to the m u s e u m for more than half
a million dollars.
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of used to
and the words in brackets.
1 What kind of music
(you / listen) to w h e n you
were a child?
2 I
(listen) to pop music. I
(not / like)
classical music then, but I do now.
Vocabulary
One way to practise speaking is to meet with a

conversation partner between classes. Your partner
can be someone from your English class. You can
use some of your time together to practise what
you have learnt in class.
2 W o r k in pairs. M a k e arrangements to meet as
conversation partners this week.
* D e c i d e on a time a n d p l a c e to m e e t .
1 Read the definitions and complete the words.

1 a large group of musicians who use
instruments to play classical music
2 you can listen to live music here
H o w often do y o u speak English outside class every

week?
In what situations do y o u speak English? For example,
with friends or family, at work, in social situations etc.
W h a t do y o u talk about?
H o w can speaking outside class help to improve y o u r
speaking ability?
o
c
In school, before or after the class?

In one person's house at the weekend?
In a bar or cafe in the evening?
On the phone?
* Decide how long you will meet for.
3 an image of a person or animal,

made of stone, metal or wood
4 you usually put books on these
5 a comfortable object to sit on
s
s
a
2 Complete the sentences with the correct word.

1 I used to be angry / tense /frightened
of horses.
2 Sanna always has a happy face - she's a sad / cheerful /
scared person.
3 I hate exams - they make me anxious / relaxed / sleepy.
4 As a child I used to feel very miserable / bored / excited
about going on holiday - it was the best week of the
year.

1 Work in pairs. You are ill in bed and feeling miserable.
Tell your partner how to find y o u r favourite music and play
it on your music player. T h e n swap roles and repeat.
2 Work in small groups. W r i t e four sentences about y o u r
childhood using used to or didn't use to. One must be false.
Take it in turns to read out y o u r sentences and try to guess
which one is false.
For fifteen minutes?

For half an hour?
S o m e other length of time?
* Decide which of these topics you would like to
talk about. Add your own ideas.
Finding out about each other.
Your taste in art, music or books.
T h i n g s you used to do in a previous school.
Feelings that you had this week.
S o m e things that y o u did this week.
Instructions for using something.
M a k e some notes after the meeting.

W h a t was the most helpful or interesting part of
the meeting?
W h a t was difficult?
W h a t will y o u do differently next time?
Vocabulary
Adjectives &
synonyms
Reading
W h e n I g r o w up ...
Vocabulary
Reading
T Look at the phrases below. Put them

in order from most important (1) to least
important (4). Compare your answers with a
partner.
1 Read the text When I grow up. What are

the children talking about?
Grammar
being good-looking
Future hopes & plans
being rich
a Their hopes for their own lives and their

families
b Their hopes for the world
c Both a and b
being intelligent
having good health
2 Read the text again. Which quotes are

the most interesting for you? Choose two
quotes and tell a partner.
2 Match the words in bold in exercise 1 to

the words in the box with similar meanings.
There are two words in the box that you
don't need.
Speaking
M y hopes & plans
awful
beautiful
handsome
well-off
clever
smart
3 Work in pairs. Choose two of these

questions and then discuss them.
excellent
terrible
Do you think these children are

optimistic or pessimistic about the
future?
Do children in your country have similar
hopes?
Did you have similar hopes when you
were a child?
wealthy
wonderful
3 Look at the two extra words. What are

they synonyms of?
4 Look at your list from exercise 1. Do you
think your order was different in the past?
How about in the future? Complete the
sentences and then compare with a partner.
When I was younger I probably thought... was
more important.
... will be more important when I'm older.
WHEN I
aS \ong
GROW U P
''"Hke
be
super intelligent
hope that people * m
'm p l a n n v ^ 0
cCVNj S U f
M *
more places w h e r e y o t I
we Atnca water.
^ e v e n t
^
5 / ? 0
r
W"ht
the
languages.
soun()
of
c a r
f money.
My family is g , 0 1 0 , , , g
^ U r O meets someone and h a s a

I hop e to have,
something b a d .
N
''d like to have lots
to put the m w - -
as I can.
baby.
v father my
e
as0l
for tWnss
2 Complete the text using the correct form

of the words given.
Grammar
I hope to have a lot of money.
I would like to be super intelligent.
lam looking forward to being older.
I'm going to be a fun but good teacher.
use hope, plan, want and would like to
talk about future hopes that aren't
definite
use the infinitive after hope, plan, want
and would like
use look forward to to talk about definite
future plans
use be going to to talk about things you
have already decided to do
1 How many correct sentences can you
make with the words in the table? Use the
text to help you.
hope
going
looking
forward
planning
want
would like
to get
a good
getting job.
The hopes of children

In a survey of English schoolchildren, researcher Cathie Holden found that,
for their personal future, the majority of boys and girls hope to go / going to
university or college. They also all hope getting / to get a good job. More boys
are planning to pass / pass their driving test than girls, and more girls are
looking forward to have / having children.
For their local area, children in the report said they hope for less violence and
fewer poor people. They also said that they would like have i to have more
parks and places to play. The majority of boys and girls are looking forward
to living / live in a world without wars and an important number of them said
they would like things to get / getting better in the developing world.
^ ^

practice of future tenses on page 138
Speaking
1 Choose three of the ideas in the box that
you would like to talk about.
A place you hope to visit one day
Something you hope you don't do in the
future
Something you're not looking forward to
A person you'd like to meet one day
A person you're going to see today
2 Work in pairs. A: tell B about your ideas.
B: ask for more information.
3 Swap roles and repeat.
or her.
daV.
want to be
Qood-iooking
NO W a r s because my
ydUkemv^0
ers
4?
going to be afun
but good teac/)e/:
9r
V
ere
iwanttobe
Wise.
%>y.
nce.
Hopes Unit 4
Hopes
Port 2
Speaking & Listening

A profession of h o p e
Vocabulary & Pronunciation

Global issues, w o r d
stress
Grammar
Future p l a n s & intentions
( b e going
to,
present
continuous)
Reading & Speaking

Pandora's b o x
Speaking and Listening
Vocabulary and Pronunciation
1 Study the graph about foreign aid

below. Then work in pairs and discuss the
questions.
1 Match the words in the box to the

definitions below.
Does anything about the graph surprise

you?
Do you know any aid organisations?
What are they?
Have you ever given money to an aid
organisation?
Do you think rich countries should give
more money in foreign aid?
Do you know anyone who works for an
aid organisation?
2 Cfe 1.48 Listen to two aid workers talking
about their next job. Put the interviewer's
questions and comments in the correct order.
How did you become aid workers?
What is the most important thing in
your job?
So, tell us about yourselves.
Thanks for your time.
What are you going to do there?
Danish
Guatemala
village
Josh Gross and Helle Hansen

are based in Denmark. In terms
of foreign aid, Denmark is one of
the most generous countries in the
4 Would you like to work for an aid

organisation? Why?
world. There are many N G O s

(Non-Governmental Organisations)
in Denmark that work on projects in
Latin America and Africa.
0.90
0.80
0.70
0.60
This graph shows the percentage of

GNP (Gross National Product) that developed
countries give to foreign aid. The grey line shows the
average percentage of all OECD countries.
i,' j t 4 Hopes
homelessness
natural disasters
hunger
pollution
poverty
war
people do not have enough m o n e y
2 people do not have a place to live

3 people do not have enough food
4 people are sick
5 countries are fighting each other
6 weather or environmental problems

such as floods (too much water) or
earthquakes (when the earth moves)
7 the air, water or land is dirty
2 Complete the pronunciation chart with

the words from exercise 1.
O
war
Oo
natural
oO
Ooo
oOo
3 Listen again. What do these words mean

in the listening?
t w o years ago
disease
3
Pandora's box
In Greek mythology, the
< m
t-'iH m M m
large box.
1 1 m&m
im
It contained all the troubles
of the world. When she opened the box, she
Grammar
let all the troubles come into the world except

We are going to work with the children there.
The organisation is starting a new project in
Guatemala next year.
use be going to to talk about things you
have already decided to do
use the present continuous to talk
about future plans, often when they are
already arranged
h o p e . The Greeks thought that hope

was also very dangerous. But without
hope, people were filled with despair.
Finally Pandora opened the box
again and let out hope as well.
1 Read the text and decide if the

underlined parts are correct or incorrect.
Then correct the mistakes.
A new project
Susana works for a Spanish NGO in Madrid.
The organisation is start a project next
month in Ethiopia. Susana is going for work
with a local women's organisation in the
country. Together they are going to develop
an educational project for pregnant women.
Susana is going to travel to Ethiopia with a
group of doctors. 'I'm a bit nervous, but I've
been to Africa before and I know Ethiopia,'
she says. 'It's going to being a great project.'
2 Complete the questions with the present

continuous or be going to.
1 A: What
(do) after class?
B: Meeting a friend.
2 A
you
(go) away
next summer?
B: No, I'm staying here.
3 A:
you
(read) an
English book this year?
B: Yes, I am. I have a detective novel I
want to read.
4 A:
you
(work)
tomorrow?
B: Yes, I am. I start at Bam!
5 A:
you
(study)
English next year?
B: Yes, I think so.
questions from exercise 2.
Reading a n d S p e a k i n g
Work in pairs. Read Pandora's box
and then discuss the questions.
Why do you think the Ancient
Greeks thought hope was
dangerous?
Did people use to have more
hope twenty years ago?
A hundred years ago?
Are you a person with a lot of
hope? W h y or why not?
Grammar focus - explanation f i more

practice of future tenses on page 1 3 8
Hopes Unit 4
Fears
Part 3
Reading
Reading
Things wilt g e t w o r s e
Grammar
Prediction & a b i l i t y
(will,
be able
to)
Vocabulary
Phrasal v e r b s w i t h
get
1 Which novels do students in your

country usually have to read at school? Did
you read them?
2 Look at the titles below of three famous
books that students in many Englishspeaking countries often study. Do you
know any of these books?
3
1.50 Read and listen to the
summaries and tick (V) the features
they have in common.
a
b
c
d
The story happens in the future,

The government controls everything,
The story happens in England,
People are happy.
4 Read the summaries again and decide if

the sentences refer to 1984, Brave New Worli
(BNW) or A Handmaid's Tale (HT).
1 Women won't be able to have children.
2 There'll be only three countries in the
world
3 There will be a nuclear disaster
4 We won't have wars
5 Babies will be born in factories
6 The government will control people's
thoughts
7 Love will be a crime
8 People won't get sick from disease
5 Look at the sentences in exercise 4. Do
you think these things will happen in the
future? Tell a partner.
Useful phrases
Things will get worse
Famous dystopias
in literature
Nineteen Eighty-Four
London, 600 years in the future. The Controllers

are the rulers of the world. People don't know
war, poverty, disease or pain. They enjoy leisure
time, sports and pleasure, but they are not free.
The Controllers create babies in factories. Adults
are divided into five social classes, from the
intelligent alphas to the worker epsilons.
When a man from a wild area of the world gets to
London, he criticises the society. In the end, he
has to choose between joining them or dying.
Unit 4 Fears
I'm sure ... won't

I'm sure ... will ...
I hope not.
Glossary
dystopia (noun) - imaginary place or situation where everything is very bad
The author: George
Orwell (1903-1950),
The novel is set in the future, but it is the year
English
1984. Winston Smith lives in London, part of the
country Oceania. There are three countries in
the world: Oceania, Eurasia and Eastasia. Big
Brother is the leader of Oceania. The government
controls everything, even people's thoughts.
Winston works for the government, but he is
getting tired of his boring life. He meets Julia,
another worker, and they fall in love - a crime in
Oceania. The government discovers their secret,
and Winston and Julia must go to the Ministry of Love, a centre for
enemies of Big Brother.
Brave New World
It's possible.
I don't think
Maybe ...
infertile (adjective) - not physically able to have children

pollution (noun) - chemicals and other substances that have a harmful effect oi
air, water or land
revolution (noun) - a situation in which people completely change their
government or political system
totalitarian (adjective) - controlling a country and its people in a very strict way
underground resistance (noun) - a secret organisation that fights against the
group that controls their country
A Handmaid's Tale
In the future a revolution replaces the government of the United
States with the totalitarian Republic of Gilead.
Because of pollution and nuclear accidents,
S
i
many women are infertile. New laws create
the job of handmaid, a woman who can have
babies for rich families.
This is the story of Offred, a handmaid. Offred
works for Fred, a commander, and his family.
She wonders if she can get away, and learns
The author:
about an underground resistance from another Margaret Atwood
handmaid. But there isn't much time. If Offred
(1939-), Canadian
doesn't get pregnant soon, she knows they
will send her to the dangerous colonies.
Vocabulary
Grammar
There will be only three countries in the
world.
Women won't be able to have children.
use will and won V to talk about future
predictions
use will / won't be able to to talk about
ability or possibility in the future
1 Read the text about Fahrenheit 451.
Complete the summary below by rewriting
the underlined sentences with will / won't or
will/won't be able to.
1 Look at these phrases with get from the

summaries. Write them next to the correct
meanings of get in the table below.
1 Winston works for the government, but
he is getting tired of his boring life.
2 When a man from a wild area of the
world gets to London ...
3 If Offred doesn't get pregnant soon ...
4 The population gets all their information
from the television.
5 Soon Montag gets interested in the books ..
become
Fahrenheit 451
Examples
Meaning of get
getting
tired
receive
arrive
2 Match the phrasal verbs with get to the
correct definitions.
1
2
3
4
5
temperature of 451 degrees. One day Montag

meets the young Clarisse, who makes him
question the society he lives in. Soon Montag
gets interested in the books he is supposed to
destroy.
In Ray Bradbury's vision of the future ...

the government will control
society
through
the media.
2 Read the definition of Utopia. Write five

predictions for a future Utopia.
Utopia (noun) - an i m a g i n a r y p l a c e or
situation in which e v e r y t h i n g is p e r f e c t

practice of prediction & ability on page 1 38
get around
get away
get back
get together
get up
a return (from a journey)

b travel
c get out of bed
d leave / escape
e spend time with someone

questions.
I m a g i n e it's a p e r f e c t , Utopian w o r l d ...
What time do you get up every

day?
What time do you get back home
from work?
Where do you get away when you
need a holiday?
Flow often do you get together
with friends and family?
How do you get around? What
kind of transport do you use?
. "ears
Part 4
VocabularyGeographical features
Listening
An inconvenient truth
Grammar
Vocabulary
Listening
1 Look at the pictures and complete the

words with the correct vowels.
1 Look at the film poster on page 49. How|

does the poster describe the film? What do
you think it is about?
2 ll5S?i 1.51 Listen and check your answers

Future time clauses

Speaking
Climate change
CliMATE
Cl iGEthesi9nsarehere
questionnaire
BS
Stronger st_rms and
increased chance of fl_ _ ds
2
1.52 Listen to people talking about
the film and check your answer.
3 Listen again. Are the statements true
(T) or false (F)?
Speaker 1: He saw the film a few years ago.
Speaker 2: She didn't know about global
warming and climate change before she saw
the film.
Speaker 3: He liked the film.
Speaker 4: He thinks it's a typical
Hollywood film.
Speaker 5: She doesn't believe that climate
change is happening.
Speaker 6: He thinks it's important for
young people to see it.
4 Have you seen this film? Would you
like to?
l_k_s and r_v_rs

disappearing
NEW ZEALAND
_c__ns getting
warmer
Terrified describes how we feel.

/ was terrified by the film.
Terrifying describes things or situations that
make us feel terrified.
It was a terrifying experience.
We can use this rule for many adjectives:
bored / boring, frightened / frightening,
interested / interesting, surprised / surprising.
Choose the correct words to complete the

dialogues.
1
Numerous f_r_st
fires
M:
m
Glacial
Area of d_s_rt
increasing
A: Did you see the film?

B: Yes, I did. It was long, and really bored
/ boring.
A: So, was he angry?
B: No. He was very relaxed / relaxing
about the whole thing. I was surprised /
surprising.
A: I'm a bit nervous about the heat this
summer.
B: I know what you mean. It's a worrying /
worried situation.
ce melting
- , -
Speaking
1 Read the questions below and think about
your answers.
How to reduce your carbon footprint
Grammar
After you see this film, you will think
differently.
If we reduce carbon emissions, we will reduce
global warming.
after future time clauses such as after,
before, when and //we use a present tense
1 Complete the sentences with the present
simple or future simple of the verbs in
brackets.
1 If we
_ (not do) something now,
we
(have) serious problems in
the future.
2 If you
__ (look) at the ten hottest
years, you
(ree) they happened
in the last fourteen years.
3 When this climate change
(happen) I
(be) dead.
4 You
(think) differently after
you
(see) it.
2 Work in pairs and complete the
sentences with your own ideas.
After class finishes ...
I... before the end of this year.
If the weather is good tomorrow ...
When I have enough money ...
Q

practice of future time clauses on page 1 3 8
Do you use energy-saving light bulbs? How many?
Do you recycle anything? What?
Do you ever walk / take the bus instead of driving? How often?
Do you use a lot of hot water at home? What for?
Do you buy things with lots of packaging? What?
Have you ever planted a tree? When?

questions. If your partner answers yes, ask
the follow-up question.
3 Look at the information in the table and
tell your partner how much carbon they will
save if they make these changes.
Action
Change to energyefficient light bulbs
Recycle half of your
household waste
Walk instead of driving
Wash your clothes in cold
water
Reduce your household
waste by 10%
Plant a tree
Carbon saving
68 kg per year
1,095 kg
0.5 kg per km
225 kg per year
544 kg
907 kg
Function globally
making offers and
Warm up
Language focus: offers and decisions
Work in pairs and choose three situations from the list

below. Roleplay a short conversation for each situation.
1 Read the information in the table. What verb do we

often use to make offers and decisions?
Situations
1
Offers
I'll carry those books for you.
A: You are talking to a friend (B). Your train to the airport
Shall I pay for this?
leaves in 5 minutes. You're late!

B: your car is parked outside.
2
A: you arrive at your destination and get off the train.
Let me take that for you.

Decisions
I'll take the next train.

I won't take the train. I'll take a taxi.
B: you are carrying a very heavy bag.

3
A: you are in the train station cafe with a friend (B).
Language note: shall is usually used only in questions
B: You don't have enough money to pay for the coffees.
and with I or we.
A: you are at the train station but have missed your train.
You want to buy a ticket for the next train.
B: you work in the ticket office.
2 Complete the offers or decisions with will or shall and a

verb from the box. There is one verb you don't need.
carry
have
help
pay
take
Listening
1
1.53-1,55 Listen to three conversations. Match each
one to a situation in the Warm up. There is one situation
you don't need.
Conversation 1: How much is the bill?
Conversation 2: How is the man going to get to the
airport?
Conversation 3: What train is the woman going to take?
1 A: Are you ready to order?

B: Yes. I
a salad.
2 A: I don't understand this.
B: That's all right. I ..
you.
3 A: The next train is in twenty minutes.
B:
we
it or wait?
4 A: Here, let me take those bags.
B: Thanks, but it's OK. I_
them.
3
repeat the phrases.
Speaking
Work with a new partner and choose one of the tasks
below.
A Repeat the warm up activity using the new expressions
you have learnt.
B Look at the audioscript on page 154 and choose one
of the conversations. Practise the conversation and try to
memorise it.
Warm up
Language focus: synonyms
1 Read ten reasons why people learn English. Choose the

top 3 and the bottom 3 for you.
I'm learning English because ...
1 I'd like to get a job with a multinational company.
2 I want to understand songs, T V programmes or films in
English.
3 I hope to get a job with a company in the USA.
4 I'd like to be an English teacher.
5 It will be helpful for my career.
6 I'm planning to get a job in the tourism industry.
7 I want to meet other English-speaking people and make
friends.
8 It's important for my studies.
9 It's a world language and it's important to know.
10 I like English and American culture.
Read the sentences from the listening. Which word in the

box has a different meaning to the word in bold?
2 Work in pairs and compare your answers. Can you think

of any other reasons why people learn English?
Listening
0 1.57-1.62 Listen to six people talking about why they
are learning English. Which reasons from exercise 1 do
they give? Write the numbers.
1 Abdul, Libya
2 Olga, Russia
3 Mert,Turkey
4 Naif, Saudi Arabia

s Arthur, France
6 Dain, South Korea
1 Well I believe English is very important nowadays.

Naif, Saudi Arabia
actually
currently
now
these days
2 I'm learning English because it will be helpful for my

career. Abdul, Libya
job
profession
university studies
work
3 We need to study English. It is essential.

Dain, South Korea
important
necessary
obvious
vital
Speaking
1 Read the questions about learning English. They are
typical questions from international English speaking
exams. Choose three questions you can answer.
How long have you been learning English?

WTiy are you learning English?
How important is English in your country?
How will English be useful to you in the future?
2 Think about your answers and practise what
Reading
Language focus: making invitations and

arrangements
1 Read two emails between friends

What do they arrange to do?
Mark these expressions formal (F) or informal (7).

l I am writing to invite you to go to the cinema.
How do you fancy going to the cinema with me?
3 I'm afraid I'm busy tomorrow.
4 Unfortunately I am busy tomorrow.
5 Would it be convenient to meet on Friday evening?
6 What about meeting outside Pizza World?
7 I'd love to see the film.
8 I would very much like to see the film.
9 That would be wonderful.
10 That sounds great.
11 I look forward to seeing you on Friday.
12 See you on Friday.
2
Hello Laura,
I would love to go to
the cinema with you. That
2 Read the emails again and change any expressions that

are too formal.
Preparing to write
Work in pairs and tell each other about a film you have
seen recently. Use the useful phrases below to help you.
Describing a film
It's a western / c o m e d y / drama / thriller / musical.
2 Would you like to see

this film? Why?
It's an action film / a horror film / a documentary.

It's about ...
Writing skills: informal style

1 Are these statements true (T) or false (F)?
In emails to friends ...
a do not use contractions such as Fm, it'll.
b use informal salutations such as hi, and endings
such as cheers,
c we can miss out salutations and endings,
d we must write in paragraphs.
2 Laura and Pamela have not used contractions in their
emails. Make 13 changes to the emails.
3 Mark these expressions formal (F), quite informal ( Q ) or
informal (7).
Hello Laura
Dear Laura
Best wishes
Cheers
Bye for now
Regards
Hi Laura
Yours sincerely
Yours
It's had brilliant / g o o d / quite g o o d / poor reviews.

It stars Marion Cotillard and it's directed by Olivier
Dahan.
The acting / photography is wonderful / poor.
Writing
Work with a new partner. Write an email to your partner
inviting them to see a film. Describe the film and suggest a
time and a place to meet. Then swap your emails and write
replies.
Global review
Grammar
Complete the sentences with the correct words.
What do you do / are you doing next weekend?
I hope getting / to get together with some friends.
I would like to learn / learning another language.
I'// buy / Vw going to buy a new car at the weekend,
s When I buy / to ill buy my new car, I will able / will be able
to get around more.
6 Are you looking forward to go / going to university?
7 Next month I will start / am starting a new job.
8 If the world's temperature gets / will get warmer in the
next few years, glacial ice melts / will melt.
Vocabulary
Put the words into the correct boxes. There are two words
you do not need.
clever
desert
ocean
poor
flood
storm
Natural disasters
People helped by aid

organisations
forest fire
war
homeless
wealthy
lake
well-off
People with a lot of

money
Geographical features
Using your dictionary: finding

the right entry
1 Work in pairs and look at the phrases below. Which
word would you look up in the dictionary to find the
meaning of each phrase?
1 global warming
2 get away
3
4
fall in love
against the l a w
2 Look up the words to see if you were right.

* The most important word in an expression is
called the keyword. Keywords are often nouns,
but can also be verbs, adjectives or adverbs.
* Some words in a dictionary have more than one
entry. This might be because the same word can
belong to two classes:
an orange dress
eat an orange
(adjective)
(noun)
Find two different word classes for each of these words.

heat
pretty
fair
Sometimes words have the same spelling but
different meanings or different pronunciations.
4 Find two meanings and pronunciations for these words,

l tear
2 close

1 Work in groups of three. Ask each other about your
plans for the times below.
after class
this evening
the weekend
next summer
Try tofindone plan that is the same for everybody.

2 Work in pairs. Write a list of five things people could do
to reduce their carbon footprint. Then compare your list
with another pair.
Some words have many meanings.

These are listed at the beginning of an entry.
green
(noun)
1 like grass in colour

2 with lots of plants
3 caring for nature
4
5
6
not ready to be eaten

not experienced
of the Green Party
5 Choose the best meaning of green in the sentences below

1 She is campaigning for green issues such as reducing
packaging and the use of cars.
2 We need more green areas in our town.
3 He is too green to manage the company.
Part 1
Speaking
Jobs
Vocabulary
Work
Reading & Speaking

Profile of a n I n d i a n
call centre w o r k e r
Speaking
1 Read the quote about work in the United
States.
C i When you go to work if your name is on
the building, you're rich. If your name is on
your desk, you're middle class. If your name
is on your shirt, you're poor. J J
Rich Hall, American comedian and writer
questions.
What does this quote say about jobs in
America?
Is this true in your country?
Look at the jobs in the box. Which ones
would / wouldn't you like? Decide on the
top three and the bottom three.
builder
doctor
journalist
lawyer
disc jockey (DJ)
manager in a fast food restaurant

musician
nurse
police officer
politician
security guard
teacher
waiter
shop assistant

questions.
Have you ever been to a job interview?
How was it?
Is there a minimum wage in your
country? What is it?
Do you know anyone who works night
shifts? What do they do?
What is a good starting salary in your
opinion?
Reoding and Speaking

1 Read the introduction to Profile of an
Indian call centre worker on page 55 and
answer the questions.
1 Do you know what a call centre worker
does?
2 Have you ever spoken to one?
2 Read the rest of the text. What does she
say about...
1 her feelings about the job?
2 the hours she works?
3 the people she talks to?
Vocabulary
1 Read the texts below and replace the
underlined words and phrases with words in
the box. Use your dictionary to help you.
bonus
employ
hiring
salary
training
wages
interview
We give work to 6,000 people and need more

We offer a good starting money, plus end-ofyear extra money
You can use both job and work to talk about

what someone does to get paid.
Do you like your job / work?
What kind of job / work do you do?
Work is uncountable with this meaning, so
you cannot say a work or works.
Complete the sentences with job, jobs or work.

Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
1
2
Rajeshwari has a good

She likes her
3
4
I have t w o
Many young people don't have any
Do you have a .
English and computer skills needed
No experience necessary, we will provide

teaching of the skills
Excellent money per hour and good working
environment
Contact Andrew Grau for a talk about the job
Unit 5 Work
3 Work in pairs and choose one of the

tasks below.
A Tick (V) two pieces of information in the
text you think are interesting or unusual.
Then compare with your partner.
B How would you describe Rajeshwari?
Write three words. Then compare with
your partner.
Profile of a n Indian
call c e n t r e w o r k e r
The English newspaper, The
Observer,
interviewed Rajeshwari
Singh, a 20-year-old
call centre worker.
Rajeshwari lives
and works in
New Delhi,
India. This is
what she said
about her work.
Grammar
1 Look at sentences 1 - 8 and m a t c h t h e m to the uses of
have a-e below.
1
2
3
4
s
6
7
8
I have got a job as a call centre operator.

I have worked at the c o m p a n y for ten years.
We had a small party.
I have voice training.
I have to use m y own n a m e .
I don't have a lot of time.
I have to speak with a U S accent.
I have to dress well.
With bonuses, my starting salary is 16,000

rupees (190) a month.
J
j
We can use have:

a to talk about possessing or o w n i n g
something,
b as an auxiliary w i t h got to talk about
possessing or o w n i n g things,
c as an auxiliary with to to say w h a t is
necessary or obligatory,
d as an auxiliary in the present perfect,
e to talk about actions or experiences.
I sell landlines to Americans. People can get angry.

They say 'You people are taking the jobs from our hands.' I say
that it's not my fault if Americans are expensive to employ.
My alias is Katie Jones. That's a little lie, I suppose, but a good
lie. If I had to use my own name, I'd lose five minutes at the
beginning of every call spelling it out, and I don't have a lot of
time.
When you have voice training, you have to speak in an
American accent all the time or you lose it. When I call
home, my parents say 'I don't believe it, it's not you any
more!'
Night shifts destroy your life. I don't get home from work
until five in the morning, and I don't sleep until six.
Language note: we can only use the contracted forms

of have when it is the auxiliary verb, not when it is a main
or modal verb.
2 Read the sentences w i t h have and insert contractions

where they are possible.
1
2
3
4
s
6
I was so happy when I got this job. It was my

first ever interview but they hired me. That
night my dad bought chocolates and sweets
and we had a small party. He was very proud.
I have a brother and a sister.

I have never been to a job interview.
We have English class on T h u r s d a y m o r n i n g .
I have got a good E n g l i s h dictionary.
I have had more than one job in m y life.
I have breakfast w i t h m y f a m i l y e v e r y m o r n i n g .
You have to dress well even though people can't see you. It's a
question of self-confidence. People can pick that up from your
voice. And there are 4,000 people in the office to look at you.
There are a lot of Indians living in America and Britain.
Sometimes you talk to people who say 'No English. Hindi?
Hindi?' and you realise you're talking to an Indian, and often
you get so confused you forget how to
speak Hindi.
I miss my parents. I can't tell them
when I feel upset because they'd
come right away to Delhi and
take me home.
G r a m m a r focus - explanation & more

practice of have on page 1 4 0
Glossary
alias (noun) - a different name that somebody uses instead of their real name
landline (noun) - a telephone line that is not a mobile phone
pick up (phrasal verb) - to notice something that is not very obvious
upset (adjective) - sad, worried or angry about something
Work Unit 5
Work
ftPart 2
Listening & Vocabulary

W o r k issues
Grammar
WELL, You HAV6 r o
Listening and Vocabulary
STAI?T Somewhere
1 Look at the cartoon about a bad boss.

What is the joke? Do you think it is funny?
M o d a l verbs
PronunciationContractions
Speaking
2
1.63-1.66 Listen to four bosses
talking to their employees. Number the
topics in the order you hear them.
a meal
dress code
the computer
the weekend
Job characteristics

alternative to complete each sentence.
Conversation 1: Someone has called (in / out
/for) sick.
Conversation 1: You can take next Saturday
2 Complete the texts with the words in the

boxes. Use each word only once.
can
don't have to
must
(away / o f f / on).
Conversation 3: You are (on /for / at)
company time, and you
must respect that time.
Conversation 4: Of course you can go (on
/in /at) your lunch break
now.
D r e s s - d o w n Friday
In many financial companies in Britain,
employees
1 Look at sentences 1-6 and complete the

rules a-d below.
1
2
3
4
5
You have to work this Saturday.

You can take next Saturday off.
You mustn't wear jeans to work.
You don't have to wear a jacket and tie.
You can't send personal messages with
this computer.
6 You must arrive on time.
a We use have to and must
to talk
about rules and things that are necessary.
b We use
and
to say
when something is not allowed,
c We use
to say that something
is not necessary.
d We use
to say that something
is possible or allowed.
wear a suit or other
down day, usually on a Friday. On this day,

people
dress so formally. They

wear whatever they like.
4 Which do you think are bad bosses? Why?
Grammar
formal clothes. Some workplaces have a dress-
can
can't
mustn't
Work computers
According to a 2006 survey by the American
Management Institute, 78% of American
companies have rules about email, instant
messenger and blog use. Workers
use their computers for work, but they
send personal email messages
or instant messages. Also, they
download programs onto work computers.
can
don't have to
have to
Flexitime
A study of the 68 biggest Australian companies
found that 93% offered flexitime hours to their
employees. Under flexitime, workers
Language note: modal verbs are followed
work a fixed number of hours in a week, but
by an infinitive without to.
they
start and finish at the same
time every day. If they come to work earlier, they

leave earlier.
Unit 5 Work
3 Complete the sentences about your job.

If you do not work, use one of the jobs on
page 54.
Every day I have to ... at work.
Speaking
1 Read the job characteristics in the box and tick (i/)
the ones which are important to you.
What's Important for you in a job?
I don't have to... at work.

At work, t can
usually...
You earn a lot of mone
I can't... at work.
You don't have to wear a uniform.

practice of modal verbs on p a g e 1 4 0
Your work Is interesting.

You can work flexible hours (you can start and finish when you like).
You can take regular breaks.
Pronunciation
You have to work with the public.
1 O 1.67 Listen to the pairs of sentences.

Can you hear the differences?
t You can't wear that.
You can wear that.
2 She can't come to class today.

She can come to class today.
J You must use your books.
You mustn't use your books.
You can be your own boss.

You can work close to home.
You don't have to work on Saturdays or Sundays.
You have job security (you don't have to worry you will lose your job).
2 Work in pairs and share your ideas. Decide on the five

most important characteristics of a job.
A: For me, the most important
things in a job are ...
Language note: in British English, can't
B: OK. For me, the most important
is pronounced /kaint/.
A: What do you think the top five are?

B: I
2 "s 1.68 Listen and circle the word you

hear. Then practise saying the sentences.
1 Workers mustn't /must use the
computers on the first floor.
2 You can't /can take your lunch break at
two o'clock.
3 I really must / ruustn't answer emails
more quickly.
things are ...
think...
3 Work with another pair and compare your lists.

Do you agree? Make a new list of the five most
important characteristics.
What do you think is the most important?

I think that ... is more important than ...
What about you?
I disagree. I think ... is more important.
I agree. Let's put it on the list.
Part 3
Vocabulary
Leisure activities
Listening
Vocabulary
Listening
1 Match the verbs in the box to the nouns.
1
1.69 You are going to hear a
presentation about The serious leisure
perspective. Listen and put the slides on page
59 in the correct order.
The serious leisure
chat
perspective
collect
go for
play
cook
read
do
watch
a
Grammar
books
the newspaper
exercise
the gardening
a walk
a drink with friends
stamps
coins
things
television
a film the news
video games
chess
sport
- with friends
on the phone
a meal
dinner
vegetables
ing verbs
Pronunciation
Writing
Leisure time
2 Work in pairs and tell each other which

of the activities you do.
I watch television every night.
I hardly ever read the
newspaper.
3 Look at the chart showing how

Americans spend their leisure time. Then
work in pairs and discuss the questions.

1 What are some examples of casual
leisure?
2 W h y do people enjoy casual leisure?
3 W h y does leisure have a bad reputation?
4 What are some examples of serious
leisure?
5 W h y does the speaker think serious
leisure is important?
questions.
Which do you prefer, casual or serious
leisure activities?
Do you know anyone who has a serious
leisure pursuit? What is it?
Is there anything that surprises you?

Is it similar to how you spend your
leisure time?
Words in the same family:
play - verb
player - noun
playful - adjective
Leisure time on an average day

Other leisure activities
(29 minutes)
Watching TV
(2.6 hours)
Playing games: using

computer for leisure
(19 minutes)
Sports, exercise,
recreation
(17 minutes)
Reading
(22 minutes)
Total leisure and
sports time=
5.1 hours
NOTE: Data include all persons age 15 and over. Data include all days of the week and
are annual averages for 2006.
Source: Bureau of Labor Statistics
Unit 5 Leisure
form of play.
1
He is an excellent football
I
computer games until very late
last night.
3 She is a very.
Relaxing and thinking

(19 minutes)
Socializing and communicating

(46 minutes)
.child.
Robert Macarthur
The Serious Leisure
Perspective
Uuckplonet
Origins of the
perspective - 1 9 7 4
Robert Stebbins University of Calgary
'M>ww a j j a ob
Casual leisure and

serious leisure
Grammar
Pronunciation
1 Look at sentences 1-3 and answer the

questions a-c below.
1
1.70 Listen and repeat the sentences.
Pay attention to the underlined sounds.
What is the most common spelling of /]]/?
1 Watchmg television is casual leisure.

2 He's good at swimmOTg\
3 People enjoy d o i n g leisure activities.
a What is the subject in sentence 1?
Replace the subject with another activity
from the listening,
b What kind of word comes before the -ing
form in sentence 2?
c What other verbs can go before the -ing
form in sentence 3 ?
2 Write the -ing form of the verbs in the
box. Then put them into three groups
according to their spelling.
cut
cycle
run
smoke
take
do
watch
make
stop
play
swim
work
3 Complete these sentences with y o u r own

ideas using the -ing form. T h e n work in
pairs and share your ideas.
...is very relaxing.
I'm not very interested in ...
I'm good at...
I don't enjoy ... alone.
Some people find ... a lot of fun, but I think it's
boring.
1 Relaxing and watching T V are my

favourite things.
2 I think English is a difficult language.
3 No thanks, I'm stopping smoking.
2 Work in pairs. Read your sentences
from grammar exercise 3 to each other. Pay
attention to the /rj/ sound.
Writing
1 Choose one of the activities in the box
below and write a short paragraph about it.
an activity you enjoy doing
an activity you used to do but stopped
doing
a sport you like watching
something you aren't very good at
doing
an activity you hate doing
2 Work in pairs. Swap papers and write two
questions about your partner's activity. Then
return the papers.
3 Read your partner's questions and
rewrite the paragraph. Include the original
information and the answers to your
partner's questions.
^ G r a m m a r focus - explanation & more

practice of -ing forms on page 1 4 0
Leisure Unit 5
Leisure
Part <
Reading
Reading
Ten facts a b o u t . . .
amusement parks
Grammar
Present perfect,
been
& have
have
gone
Pronunciation
Past participles
Speaking
Ten questions
about...
leisure
1 Look at the two pictures. Do you like

either of these things?
2 Quickly read Ten facts about arnusement
parks around the world and find the answers
to the questions.
1 Where did the roller coaster come from?
2 Where was one of the first amusement
parks?
3 What do modern amusement parks have?
4 How much money do amusement parks
make?
s What is the most popular amusement
park outside the United States?
6 What is an imagineer?
3 Have you ever been to an amusement
park? Is there one in your country?
roller coaster
2 Complete the dialogues with been or
Grammar
They have built eleven parks around the
world.
I have been to an amusement park.
Have you ever been to an amusement park?
use the present perfect to talk about an
unspecific time in the past
use the present perfect to talk about
experiences
use ever in questions about experiences
ever means the same as in your l i f e
Language note: She has been
to Tivoli
Gardens. This means she has come back.

She has gone
Dale Johansson is a
photographer of amusement
parks. He
- (visit)
more than 50 different
parks in 20 countries and
(take) photos of
each one. He first
(become) interested in
amusement parks when his
father
(take) him
to one when he was a child.
to Tivoli Gardens. This
means she is still there.
1 Complete the two texts with the past

simple or present perfect form of the verbs
in brackets.
1 A: Where has he
?
B: I don't know. He was here just a
minute ago.
A: Oh no.
2 A: We've
on this ride three times.
B: I know, but it's great. Isn't it great?
A: Hmmm.
3 A: WTtere's Marco?
B: He's
on his break. He'll be
back in fifteen minutes.
A: He can't do that!
4 A: Have you
here before?
B: Sorry, I don't understand. What?
A: Is this your first time here?
3 Work in pairs. Imagine you hear one of
the dialogues at an amusement park. Who is
speaking? How do they feel? Add two more
lines and then act out the dialogue.
G r a m m a r f o c u s - e x p l a n a t i o n & more
practice of the present perfect on p a g e 1 4 0
I
(never be) to a theme park, but
I would like to go one day. Last summer we
(have) plans to visit a large water
theme park on the coast, but we
(not have) enough money. Maybe next
amusement parks
A m u s e m e n t parks are leisure p l a c e s for adults, t e e n a g e r s a n d children.
People often think a m u s e m e n t parks are an A m e r i c a n invention, but they
originally c o m e from Europe. Tivoli G a r d e n s in C o p e n h a g e n , D e n m a r k is
one of t h e oldest European a m u s e m e n t parks.
T h e f i r s t roller c o a s t e r w a s i n v e n t e d in R u s s i a in t h e 1 6 0 0 s . P e o p l e w e n t
d o w n s n o w y hills o n b l o c k s o f ice.
T h e world's fastest roller coaster is the Formula
1 Racecoaster
at
Germany's Niirburgring. It travels at 2 1 7 k m per hour.

M o d e r n a m u s e m e n t p a r k s u s u a l l y h a v e r i d e s , roller c o a s t e r s a n d e a t i n g
a r e a s . T h e r e is o f t e n a c o m m o n t h e m e t o m a k e v i s i t o r s f e e l as if t h e y a r e
Pronunciation
in a d i f f e r e n t w o r l d .
1 Put the past p a r t i c i p l e s i n t h e b o x i n t o

four groups d e p e n d i n g o n t h e i r s o u n d .
been
bought
done
driven
eaten
forgotten
ridden
seen
swum
taught
brought
A m u s e m e n t parks are big business. In t h e United States alone,

a m u s e m e n t parks m a k e an annual profit of $11 billion. M o r e than 3 0 %
of A m e r i c a n s have b e e n to an a m u s e m e n t park.
come
Walt Disney created the first Disney t h e m e park, an a m u s e m e n t

won
p a r k w i t h s e v e r a l s e c t i o n s , in 1 9 5 5 in C a l i f o r n i a , US. T h e D i s n e y
Corporation has built eleven Disney t h e m e parks around the
hnl
Mm/ or /An/
/ o:t/
/i:n/
world.
2 Kt 1.71 L i s t e n a n d c h e c k y o u r a n s w e r s .
T h e most popular a m u s e m e n t park in the world is Walt
Then repeat the w o r d s .
Disney World in Florida.
Speaking
T h e m o s t p o p u l a r p a r k o u t s i d e t h e U S is D i s n e y l a n d in
T o k y o . F o u r of t h e t o p t e n a m u s e m e n t p a r k s are in
1 0 1 . 7 2 Listen to t h e s t r e s s a n d
Asia.
intonation in this q u e s t i o n .
Have you ever b e e n to a n a m u s e m e n t p a r k ?
T h e p e o p l e w h o invent Disney a m u s e m e n t
2 Work in pairs. L o o k a t t h e l e i s u r e
park rides have a special n a m e . They are
questionnaire and s a y t h e t e n q u e s t i o n s . U s e
Have you ever + past p a r t i c i p l e . P a y a t t e n t i o n
to the stress and i n t o n a t i o n .
3 Work in pairs a n d a s k e a c h o t h e r t h e
questions. If your p a r t n e r a n s w e r s yes,
ask
Ten questions
about...
called
.. be to an amusement park?
two follow-up q u e s t i o n s . U s e t h e i d e a s i n
.. ride on a roller coaster?
the box below to h e l p y o u .
.. buy tickets for a sports event?
A: Have you ever been to an amusement
park?
B: Yes, I have.
imagineers.
.. be to a rock concert?
.. stay at a health spa?
A: Did you like it?
.. see a circus?
B: Yes, I loved it.
.. do a dangerous sport?
A: Who did you go with?

B: I went with my
.. drive a very fast car?
family.
.. be to a water park?
Did you like it?
Where?
What?
Who with?
When?
Why?
Why not?
... visit a zoo?
Leisure Unit 5
Business meeting
Parent-teacher meeting
J o b interview
Residents' association
meeting
Warm up
Language focus: turn-taking
Look at the pictures of four different meetings. Work in

pairs and ask each other the questions.
1 Read the audioscript on page 155. Find examples of a

speaker turn-taking. This could be ...
Who is speaking in each photo? What are they talking

about?
Have you ever been in one of these situations? When?
Choose one of the pictures and think of two rules for
that situation.
a asking a new question in the conversation,

b asking permission to speak,
c adding something to the conversation.
2 Make three turn-taking questions or sentences using the I
words in the box. You can use each word more than once.
At a business meeting people have to arrive on time.

Somebody
has to take
add
notes.
here
ask
I
a question
just
may
can
say
could
something
Listening
1
1.73-1.75 Listen to three conversations and match
each one to a picture. There is one picture you don't need.
2 Listen again and choose the correct answers.
Conversation 1: The woman wants to know about...
a the books.
b the children,
c his son.
Conversation 2: The man needs to arrive at...
a seven in the evening,
b seven in the morning,
c the European offices.
Conversation 3: The man doesn't like ...
a the wages,
b the dress code,
c the woman.
Speaking
Choose one of the tasks below.
A Work in pairs and choose one of the conversations from
the listening. Write the next three or four lines. Then read
the conversation together. Use the new expressions you
have learnt.
B Work in groups of three. A: choose a question and
answer it. B: ask a question or give more information.
C: continue. Use the new expressions you have learnt.
What is most important in a job?

What would be the ideal relaxing weekend?
Is it necessary to speak English for work?
Is it easy for young people to get jobs?
Should there be more leisure facilities for young people?
Excuse me.
Pardon me.
Sorry, b u t . . .

by David Crystal
There's an old saying in English: All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy. Or Jill. Psychologists tell
us we need a balance between work and play to have a healthy lifestyle. A n d it is the
same for language.
Glossary
One of the most noticeable features of work language is the technical vocabulary, or
carelessly (adverb) - without thinking
5 jargon, that people use. Outsiders w o n ' t understand it. A doctor might look at the face of
someone who's had a fall and say to a colleague T h a t ' s a nasty perorbital haematoma'.
If you were the patient, and heard this remark, you might be worried. But basically all it
about what you are doing, so that you

cause problems or damage
dull (adjective) - boring
mislead (verb) - to make someone believe
means is you've got a black eye.
something that is incorrect or not true
Every profession has its jargon - law, banking, sport, physics, language teaching ...
10 Thousands of specialised terms might be used. They a d d precision. A n d they also make
outsider (noun) - someone who does not

belong to a group or organisation
people feel they belong together. You know you're a member of a group when you can
talk shop (verb) - to talk about your work,
comfortably talk shop.
especially in a way that is boring for other

people
Jargon also saves time. That's why d o c t o r s say such things as BP and SOB (blood
pressure, shortness of breath). It's quick and convenient.
15 But they shouldn't use such terms to the patient. Work
language and leisure language are t w o very different
things. That's the argument of the Plain English Campaign,
which wants specialists to speak clearly when talking to
the public.
20 It's easy for people to use jargon carelessly and annoy
people. It's worse when it's used deliberately, to mislead
the public. That's why w e get so angry when w e hear
people using it to hide the truth. A politician once admitted
that something he had said was 'an instance of plausible
25 deniability'. In other words, he'd told a lie!
Warm up
Language focus
1 Think of two or three examples of jargon in y o u r

language and write them on a piece of paper.
Find words or expressions in the text with these meanings.
2 Work in pairs and share your ideas. Explain what your

jargon means in English.
Reading
1 Read All work and no play. What is the main topic of the
text?
a plain English
b technical vocabulary
c doctors and language

d radio and television
2 Read the text again and decide if the statements are true
(7) or false (F).
1 the correct relationship between two things (line 2)

2 to make something more clear or specific (2 words)
(line 10)
3 easy (line 14)
4 people in general (2 words) (line 19)
5 used for saying something in another way (3 words)
(line 25)
Speaking
Do you think there is too much jargon in your language?
Can you think of some examples? Do you think campaigns
like Plain English are a good idea?
1 Psychologists say that work is more important than play.

2 Jargon is language that everybody understands.
! Jargon can be useful.
4 Jargon is precise language and it can make
communication quicker,
s The Plain English Campaign wants people to use more
jargon.
6 We get angry when people use jargon to'tell lies.
Writing a C V
Writing skills: setting out a CV

Correct the spelling and punctuation mistakes in this C\
CURICULUM VITAE: Nathalie Baekelandt
Email adress
n.baekelandt @wanadoo.fr
Date of Birth
17/12/88
Education and Califications

University of Lille BA Hons Economics
Work Expereince
Reading
Personal Assistant to Project Manager, EDF Energy.
Read the CV and put the headings in the correct places.
Duties - booking appointments, taking minutes, record-keeping

Skils English: fluent
Date of birth
Email address
Education and qualifications

Referees
Skills
Interests
Aerobics, dance, swimming
Computer literate
Interests
photography, theatre
Referrees On request
Work experience
CURRICULUM VITAE: Ahmed al-Qadi

(1)
: al-qadi22@hotmail.com
(2)
: 18-08-1987
(3)
2003-2005
Al Hussein College, Amman, Jordan
General Secondary Education Certificate
Language focus: writing dates

Different countries write dates in different ways.
In Britain, the order is day, month, year.
16-01-2008
or
16/01/08
16 Jan 2008
or
16th January
In the US, the order is month, day, year.

01-16-2008
or
Jan 16 2008
or
Average score: 88.5%

2005-2009
01/16/08
January
16th 2008
Complete the table.
Applied Science University, Amman, Jordan
UK
B.Sc. in Management Information Systems
22 nd November 1995
US
Feb 14 th 2000
GPA Score: 90.5% (Evaluation: Very Good)

(4)
2008
05-28-1982
02-10-95
2009-Present
Jordan Telecom: database assistant
Preparing to write
(5)
Work in pairs and make notes on what you would write

under each of the CV headings.
English: intermediate
Jordanian driving licence
Modern programming and database management
(6)
Travelling, understanding other cultures, football
IT literate (Word, Excel, Powerpoint)

French: fluent / intermediate / elementary
(7)
Current driving licence
Basic first aid
Mr Firas Al-Jabali, Head of Information Services, Jordan Telecom

Dr Omar Yassin, Head of Management Information Systems,
Applied Science University, Amman, Jordan
Writing
Write your CV. Use your notes and the useful phrases to
help you.
Unit 5 Writing
ttllfll
Global review
Study skills
Grammar
Recording new words and phrases
1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the

verb in brackets.
1
(you /ever /be) to the US?
2 Yes, I
(go) there last year.
3 I hate
(write) letters, but
(chat) to
friends on the phone is great fun.
4 I
(never / ride) a camel, but I
(see)
one in a zoo.
2 Complete the job description for a shop assistant using
can, have to, don't have to or mustn't.
1
2
3
4
You
You
You
You
be polite to customers.
have a driving licence.
arrive late.
earn a bonus if you sell a lot of goods.
Vocabulary
Match the words on the left to the ones on the right.
play
do
go for
chat
collect
read
watch
cook
a walk
television
a meal
exercise
on the computer
a magazine
stamps
on the phone

Where do you write down new English words and
expressions that you learn?
When do you write down new words and expressions?
a In class?
b When you are reading?
c When you are doing homework?
d At some other time?
What information do you write down about the
words? Show your partner.
How do you use your vocabulary notes when you
have written them?
2 Look at how three Polish students have recorded new
words from this unit. What are the differences between
them?
u p s e t = przygn<gbiony
t a k e off = wzi^c (sobie) wolne
chess = szachy
a m u s e m e n t park = park rozrywki
u p s e t / A p ' s e t / a d j . sad, worried or angry a b o u t

something. I m i s s my p a r e n t s . I c a n ' t t e l l t h e m when I
feel u p s e t .
t a k e t i m e off work = wziafi (sobie) wolne z pracy)
You can t a k e n e x t S a t u r d a y off.
Speaking
1 Work in small groups. Think of three leisure activities
you enjoy and mime them. The others try to guess the
activities.
A: I think you like playing
a ride
a roller c o a s t e r
play chess
i l l
(verb + noun U)
an a m u s e m e n t parl<
e.g. Disneyland
a t h e m e park
tennis.
B: Yes, that's right. / No, that's not
right.
2 Work in small groups. Talk about a job you do or would

like to do.
Talk about the things you have to do.
Talk about the good and bad parts of the job.
3 Work in pairs and discuss the questions.

Which method do you prefer?
How can the different ways help?
If you record words in a different way, why is that?
4 This week try recording vocabulary in a different way.
How will you do it?
Sc nee & Techno

Part 1
Writing & Speaking
Happiness
2 Read the text again. Look at the answea

and complete the questions.
Writing and Speaking

1 Write down five things that make you
happy.
Reading
The science of
happiness
Grammar
Comparatives
Pronunciation & Reading
The schwa /V
2 Work in pairs. Compare your lists and

discuss these questions.
Which items do you have in common?
Is there anything you would like to
change in your list?
What do you think makes people happy?
On a scale of 1 to 10 how happy are you?
Reading
1 Read the article The science of happiness
and put the headings in the correct place.
t Q: How
happines
A: By asking people how happy they a
2 Q: Which
satisfiedl
with their lives?
A: Those who live in warmer parts of til
country.
3 Q: Does money
A: If you have a home, food and clothes |
then no, it doesn't.
4 Q: What three things
p
A: Family and friends, belief in
something and enjoyable objectives.
3 Match the hit: blighted words in the text |
to the definitions.
Climate and happiness

Measuring happiness
Money and happiness
What makes people happy?
1 officially acceptable
2 something that makes you happy
3 meaning
4 y o u r general view of things
5 to d i s c o v e r a n u m b e r o r r e s u l t u s i n g
mathematics
4 Do you agree with what the text says
about happiness? Do you think it is possible|
to measure happiness?
We often use words that mean high up or

moving upwards when we want to describe
feeling happy or hopeful.
We often use words that mean low down or
falling when we want to describe feeling sad.
Look at these expressions. Is each person

feeling happy or sad?
According to researchers, there are three things which make

ke people happy:
1 Having close relationships with people - family and friends."
ids. The closer
and deeper the relationships are, the better for your happiness.
piness.
2 Believing in something. This could be religion, a spiritualI ioutlook or a
special philosophy in life.
3 Having objectives that you find enjoyable and interesting.
This means that your life has a purpose.
Unit 6 Science
J
M
That news really lifted my spirits.
2
3
4
My heart sank when I saw him.

I feel pretty low today.
I'm on top of the world.
5
6
I'm walking on air.

She's a bit down today.
Pronunciation and Reading
Grammar
Lots of money doesn't make you happier.
People with close family relationships
were
more satisfied than people with no family.
People said they lived better in warm
countries.
1
2,01 Listen to the words and
phrases. How are the underlined sounds
pronounced?
fitter
happier
comfortable
use comparative adjectives to compare

two people or objects
use adjective + er for short adjectives
and more + adjective for longer
adjectives
use comparative adverbs to compare
two actions
Complete the texts with the comparative
form of the adjectives in brackets.
Scientists say that h a p p y p e o p l e are
patient
more productive
regular exercise
better driver
2 Listen again and repeat the words.

3 The words in exercise 1 come from a
song by the English rock group Radiohead.
Work in pairs. A: read the first line of the
song. B: read the second line. Pay attention
to the underlined schwa sounds.
4 T h e songwriter said that this song is
about people in Britain in the 90s. Do you
think he liked the 90s? Would you say the
same about your country in the 90s?
(healthy) t h a n u n h a p p y people.
They also live
(long) a n d
Fitter Happier
(good) lives a n d are

(fit). One study f o u n d t h a t
Fitter, happier, more productive
(happy) people live u p t o nine years
Comfortable
longer.
Research in the U n i t e d States s u g g e s t s
that married c o u p l e s w i t h children are
(satisfied)
are
w h e n their children
(young). W h e n researchers
asked married c o u p l e s a b o u t h a p p i n e s s
with teenage children t h e y said their lives
were a lot
(stressful).
Not drinking too much

Regular exercise at the gym
(3 days a week)
Getting on better with your associate
employee contemporaries
At ease
Eating well
A survey of British m e n a n d w o m e n
between 1993 a n d 2003 f o u n d t h a t m a n y
people said their lives w e r e
A patient better driver
(enjoyable) as t h e y b e c a m e older. It
A safer car
showed that m e n w e r e
(content) than w o m e n in their t e e n a g e
years, but w o m e n w e r e
than men
(No more microwave dinners and

saturated fats)
(happy)
(late) in life.
(Baby smiling in back seat)

Sleeping well
(No bad dreams)

practice of comparatives on page 142
No paranoia
Science Unit 6
Science
Part 2
Someone has to do it
Grammar

1 Work in pairs. Look at pictures a-c and
discuss what you think the jobs are.
Comparatives (a bit,
much, as ... as)

Vocabulary
2 Read the text below and match the jobs

to the pictures. Then discuss what you think
these people do in their jobs.
N o u n formation
Reading & Speaking
Frankenstein
Garbologist - studies rubbish

Forensic entomologist - studies
insects in the bodies of dead people
Gravity research subject participates in experiments to study
the effects of zero gravity on the
human body
L a n g u a g e n o t e : garbage
English and rubbish
dirty
is American
is British English.
experiments for space travel
flies
gloves
rubbish
turns around and around
3 < 2.02-2.03 Listen to two people

talking about their jobs. Which two jobs do
they talk about?
answers.
1 Speaker 1 stayed in bed for ...
a the summer, b 50 days,
c 15 days.
2 They paid speaker 1 ...
$6,000. b $600. c $60,000.
a
3 Speaker 2 thinks her work ...
a is disgusting, b is interesting,
c is boring.
4 Speaker 2 is finishing a project on ...
a office rubbish, b restaurant rubbish,
c office and restaurant rubbish.
5 Do you think these jobs are bad?
Which is the worst, in your opinion?
Grammar
Office rubbish is less disgusting than
restaurant rubbish.
It's not as bad as you think.
It's a bit more difficult than that.
She works much faster than him.
use less + adjective to mean not as much
use {not) as + adjective + as to make
comparisons
use as + adjective + as to say that two
things are the same
use a bit or ?nuch to modify comparative
adjectives and adverbs
1 Read the sentences from the listening
and choose the alternative that is closest in
meaning.
Maybe h e / she ...

It looks like he / she works in ...
He / s h e probably ...
This looks ...
Unit 6 Science
1 Office garbage is much less disgusting

than restaurant garbage.
a Restaurant garbage is much more
disgusting than office garbage,
b Office garbage is much more
disgusting than restaurant garbage.
2 My job isn't as bad as people think.
a My job is worse than people think,
b My job is better than people think.
2 Complete the sentences with your own

ideas.
I speak English a bit better now than ...
The weather today is a bit less ... than ...
English is a bit easier than ...
I think ... is much more ... than ...
I don't believe ... is as ... as people say.
3 Work in two groups. Group A: turn to

127. Group B: turn to page 129.

practice of comparatives on page 142

1 0*0 2.04 Read and listen to the
extract from the book Frankenstein.
What was the problem with the science
experiment?
2 Work in pairs and discuss this
question.
One of the themes of Frankenstein,
and of many science fiction stories,
is dangerous knowledge. Do you
think scientific knowledge can be
dangerous? Think of some examples.
Vocabulary
Mary
1 Match each word to a suffix to make a

new noun.
w a s an English romantic
Suffix
-ist
-er
-ence
-ness
-ship
Word
happy
science
relation
exist
research
Shelley (1797-1851)
novelist. She is best known for

the novel Frankenstein,
New noun
happiness
which
she wrote when she was 19

years old. S o m e critics have
called her the first English
science fiction author.
2 Make new nouns from the words in the

box. Which noun endings are used for jobs?
economy
silent
friend
teach
paint
tour
nervous
weak
3 Complete the text with the correct form

of the words.
NASA
{research).
My wife Karen is a
- (scholar) from NASA
She won a
to research a special project. She is studying

the possible
{exist) of life on other
planets. She loves the work, except for the

(lonely). She works alone in a little
office. She listens in complete
(silent) for unusual radio signals from space.
The man's skin was wrinkled and

yellow. His eyes were yellow and
Frankenstein
M a r y Shelley
dry. His thin, black lips opened

in a terrible smile. I had made a
&
MACMIUA* EADSS
Monster!
/iSk
iy|
Science Unit 6
Part 3
Vocabulary
Grammar
Compound nouns
Vocabulary
Reading
1 Look at the photo. How many of the

things can you name in English?
Going, going, gene

Grammar
Superlatives
Listening & Speaking
Website addresses
2 Match the words in A to the words in B

to make compound nouns. Which things
can you see in the picture?
A
computer
head
key
lap
memory
mobile
mouse
text
web
B
phones
top
site
screen
board
message
stickphone
pad
3 <Sib 2.05 Listen and repeat the words.

Underline the stress in each compound
noun. Which one is different?
Reading
questions.
Do you use the internet often? What for?
Which websites do you often visit?
2 You are going to read about online
auctions. Tick (t/) the words you think you
will see.
businessman
expensive
jet
kidney
buy
global
river
dangerous
internet
sell
3
2.06 Read and listen to Going, going,
gone on page 71 and check your answers.
4 Read the text again and answer the
questions.
What do people do in online auctions?
How many people use eBay?
Name five unusual things that people
have sold or tried to sell on eBay.
5 Have you ever bought or sold anything
on the internet? Would you buy anything in
an online auction?
Unit 6 Technology
Online auctions are among the biggest

businesses on the internet.
Of all the online auction sites, eBay is p?'obabl]
the most famous.
It is one of the most popular websites I've
heard o f .
use superlative adjectives to compare
two or more people or objects
use adjective + est for short adjectives
and the most + adjective for longer
adjectives
we often use superlatives with the
present perfect tense
1 Complete the sentences with the correct!
word.
1 Online auctions are popular because you
can find the strangest /stranger things there.
2 Many things online are the cheapest /
cheaper than the same things in a shop.
3 I prefer buying from shops because I
think it's the safest /safer than buying on
the internet.
4 I think online shopping is the best / better
way to get things.
5 The founder of eBay is one of the richest /J
richer men in America.
2 Complete the sentences with the
superlative form of the adjectives.
1 What's
(long) time you've ever
spent on the internet?
2 Who's
(funny) person you've
ever spent time with?
3 What's
been to?
What's
ever eaten?
What's
seen?
(cold) place you've ever

- (strange) thing you've
- (good) film you've ever
3 Work in pairs. Choose t h r e e of the

questions from exercise 2 and ask each other.
practice of superlative; on page 142
Going, going, c
Online a u c t i o n s a n d t h e e B a y p h e n o m e n o n
Online auctions are among the biggest businesses
on the internet. These are sites that use the technology
m m
of the internet to allow people to buy things from each

other. People can buy and sell almost anything online now.
Of all these online auction sites, eBay is probably the most
famous. Let's look at the numbers.
241,000,000 +
Ten years after eBay started in 1995 there were more than
241 million registered users, making it one of the most popular
websites on the planet.
With more than 200 million registered users, eBay's population is

almost as big as that of Indonesia, which has the world's fourth
biggest population.
1.81
Many people have trie-J to sell fake items or silly things online. One
man tried to sell the internet for a million dollars. Nobody wanted it.
Another person tried to sell the meaning of life. It sold for 1.81.
$4.9 million
One of the most expensive items sold on eBay was a Guifstream II
private business jet for $4.9 million. One of the largest items ever
sold was a World War II submarine. It was sold by a small town in
New England that decided it did not need it any more.
Listening and Speaking

l O 2.07 Listen and write the email and
website addresses you hear. Which of these
websites do you know?
50,000
In 2004 a 50,000-year-old mammoth appeared on eBay. The
Dutch owner of the animal sold it for 61,000. It was one of the
most unusual things sold on eBay.
1999
dot
1
People have tried to sell all sorts of human body parts on

the internet, in 1999 a human kidney went on sale on
eBay. The website cancelled the auction and stops any
auctions that aren't ethical,
slash
at
learn_English
learn underscore English
learn-English
learn dash English
2 W ritefivewebsite or email addresses that

you bow - they can be real or invented.
3 Work in pairs and read the addresses to
each other. Write the addresses as you listen.
Glossary
ethical (adjective) - something that people consider to be right
fake (adjective) - made to look like something else
mammoth (noun) - an animal similar to an elephant with long
hair that lived a very long time ago
submarine (noun) - a ship that can travel under the water
Technolo
Part 4
i
Computer problems
Vocabulary & Pronunciation

Phrasal verbs, sentence

1 Read the quotes about computers below.
Work in pairs and tell each other if you
agree with them and why.
stress
Grammar
Phrasal verbs & objects
Reading & Speaking

The Luddites
Computers are useless.

They can only give you answers.
Pablo Picasso, Spanish artist
I do not fear computers. I fear the lack of them.
Isaac Asimov, American science fictio?i writer
Here are some common ways of saying yes.

Yep and yeah are informal ways of saying
yes.
Definitely is a stronger way of saying yes.
That's right is used instead of yes to respond
to a question or statement.
I'm afraid so is used when you think the
person hopes you will say no.
Think? Why think? We have computers to do

that for us.
1 Look at the audioscript on page 155. Find

an example of each way of saying yes.
Computers are like dogs. They smell fear.
2 Write five questions to ask your partner.

You want them to answer yes.
Jean Rostand, French scientist and philosopher

Simon Alexander, American comedian

questions. Answer
in different ways.
Vocabulary and Pronunciation

2
2.08-2.12 Listen to five conversations
about computer problems and number the
problems in the order you hear them. There
is one extra problem.
computer screen
internet connection
printer and printing
email
password
saving work

answers.
Unit 6 Technology
1 What did the man change in

conversation 1?
a a cable b the mouse
c the computer screen
2 How does the man feel at the end of
conversation 2?
a happy b worried c frustrated
3 What's wrong with the man's email in
conversation 3?
a there's a virus
b there's too much email
c he needs a password
4 Who saves their work in conversation 4?
a the woman b the man
c the woman and the man
s What happened to the woman's password
in conversation 5?
a she forgot it b she changed it
c she doesn't have one
T Complete the sentences from the

listening with the words in the box.
d o w n (x2)
l Now log
2 Shut
in
on
out (x2)
up
. to the system.
the computer and leave it.
3 The laptop's gone
again.
4 Type
your username and
password.
5 When I try to print
a document
the computer prints
a different
document.
6 You should really back
all your
work.
2 O 2.13 Listen and check your answers.
3 Listen and repeat the sentences. Try to
copy the stress.
The Luddites
One of the most famous
anti-technology movements
B^j'
was the Luddite movement
in 19th century England. The

Luddites were organised
Grammar
groups of workers who
Turn on the computer.

Noiv log on.
Shut down the computer.
Shut the computer doum.
Turn it on.
were losing work to the new

textile machines. They went
out at night and destroyed
the machines with
some phrasal verbs such as turn on can

take an object
other phrasal verbs such as log on do
not take an object
when the phrasal verb takes an object,
it can usually go before or after the
particle
if the object is a pronoun, it can only
go between the verb and particle
hammers. Today the term

luddite is used in English to
talk negatively about people who are
anti-technology.
Glossary
movement (noun) - a group of people
who work together for a particular reason
1 Tick (\/) the sentences that are correct.
1a
b
c
2a
b
c
1
2,14 Read and listen to the text about
the Luddites.
What kind of people were they?
Pick up the phone,

Pick it up.
Pick up it.
Can you print out them please?
Can you print them out please?
Can you print out the documents
please?
J a Turn them off.
b Turn off them,
c Turn off all the computers.
2 Circle the object of the phrasal verb in
the sentences below. Sometimes there is no
object.
Please sit down and open your books,
(no
object)
Did you plug in the
computer?
1 Turn the volume up please.

2 Philip isn't here today. He called in sick.
J I forgot to log on to the school system.
4 Look up the words in the dictionary,
s Write the words down in your notebook.
6 Myflighttakes off at seven o'clock
tonight.
j 3 Look at the sentences again. If there is an
object, replace it with a pronoun.
Didyouplugitin?
0 Grammar focus - explanation & more
practice of phrasal verbs on page 142
textile (noun) - any type of woven cloth
2 Read the statements and mark your

opinion next to each one. 1 = strongly
disagree, 4 = strongly agree
Modern technology ...

makes us work harder, not less hard.
is giving away our privacy.
has taken away more jobs than it has
created.
has made us safer.
is giving us too much information, so
it's difficult to know what is true.
has to be free for everyone.
1 2
1 2
3
3
4
4
1 2
1 2
3
3
4
4
1 2
1 2
3
3
4
4
3 Work in pairs. Discuss your opinions

and try to give reasons for them. Are you a
modern Luddite?
I agree that modern
technology
makes us
work harder. In my job, I have to answer lots of

emails and messages,
quickly than
and I have to do it more
before.
Technology Unit 6
Warm up
1 Look at the pictures of four situations. Work in pairs
and describe the similarities and differences between them.
Useful language
1
chatting
' laptop
on a train
Language focus: finding things in

common
Look at the highlighted expressions in the audioscript on
page 155. Then complete the rules with so, too or neither.
We use so / neither when we have something in common.
diary
Use
+ auxiliary + I for affirmative statements.
in an airport
Use
+ auxiliary + I for negative statements.
suit
We also use me + too / neither.

Use me +
Use me +
for affirmative statements.

for negative statements.
I think they are on a train.

They look like friends / colleagues / strangers.
L a n g u a g e n o t e : when w e don't have something in

c o m m o n , we can respond with the short form.
2 What do you think the people in each picture are

talking about? Choose one of the pictures and write a short
conversation. Then present your conversation to another
pair.
A: I am from Scotland.
B: I'm not.
A: I live in the city centre.
B: I don't.
A: I've never been to an art gallery.
B: / have.
Listening
Speaking
1
2,15 Listen to a conversation between two people
in a taxi. Where are they going? What happens at the end?
1 Look at the topics in the box. Write five true sentences

about yourself. Use the phrases to help you.
2 Listen again and tick (V) the things they have in

common.
Topic
Phrases
You & your family
1 live with ... I'm married / single ...
1 They are both going to the Technology Conference.
Food & drink
1 like / d o n ' t like ... 1 don't eat / drink ...
2 They have both been to San Francisco before.

3 They are both from Germany.
Art & music
1 have / haven't read / seen ... 1 listen

to ... 1 don't like ...
4 They both went to school in England.
Hopes & fears
I'm planning to ... I'm afraid o f . . .
5 They both work for ABT Technology.
Work & leisure
1 work in ... In my free time 1 ...
6 They have both been to conferences before.

7 They are both staying at the conference hotel.
2 Work in pairs. A: tell your partner about yourself.

B: respond. Find three things you have in common.
Use the new expressions you have learnt.
3 Swap roles and repeat the activity.
Unit10Function globally
voices
Warm up
1 Put the letters in the correct order to make words for
technological advances.
treniten
velsietoni
pmretuco
limboe nohep
lenap
2 Why are these advances important or useful?

Complete the sentence for each of the advances above.
I think the ... is important / useful because ...
Language focus: and,

because
1 Read what Guy says about another

technological advance. Complete the
sentences with and, so or because. Use the
explanations in brackets to help you.
I think the most important technological advance - well for me
personally recently has been a hard disk recorder for recording
TV programmes [says his opinion]
1
it means I can record everything very easily [gives a
Listening
reason]
1 O 2.162, Listen to seven people talking about

technological advances. Which advance from exercise 1 is
each person talking about?
1 Honor, England
2 Arthur, France
! Sara, Italy
Maxim, Russia
Starla, England
W l l i a m , Ghana
I can see exactly what I have recorded by looking at

everything on the screen [adds another reason]
I don't have to find lots of video tapes and different

things like that [adds more information]
it is m u c h easier now to record TV programmes

than it w a s in the past [explains a consequence]
because of digital television w e have lots more

programmes to choose from [adds another reason]
there's m u c h more variety and choice

[explains a consequence]
that means you need to record even more

programmes than in the past, [explains a consequence]
4 Antonis, G r e e c e
2 Listen again. W h i c h s p e a k e r s
give reasons for their c h o i c e ?
What reasons do t h e y g i v e ?
so,
2 'Sf 2.23 Listen and check your answers.

L a n g u a g e n o t e : in spoken English, it is very c o m m o n to
a d d lots of clauses together with w o r d s like and, or, so,
or
because.
Speaking
1 What is the most important or useful technological
advance? W h y do you think so? Make a few notes.
2 Work in pairs and present your ideas. Try to speak for at
least one minute.
For me personally, the most important technological

advance is the ...
I think the most useful advance is the ... because ...
... and ...
... so that means ...
6 Writing describing advantages and disa
Reading
1 Read Mohammed's essay on The advantages and
disadvantages of the internet. Does he think there are more
advantages or disadvantages?
2 Change the third paragraph in the same way. Use some

of the useful phrases below to help you. Remember to use
commas.
2 Do you agree with his ideas? Can you think of other

advantages or disadvantages?
Firstly ... / First of all
As well as that...
Secondly...
Another advantage is that.
In addition ...
Finally ... / Lastly ...
Writing skills: getting ideas

Work in small groups and discuss this question.
When you want to get ideas for an essay do you ...
read a book or article on the subject?

do a keyword search on the internet?
speak to other people?
brainstorm all you know and think about the topic?
write freely to express your ideas?
use mind maps?
do something else?
All of these methods can help. Try using a different one

next time you write an essay.
Preparing to write
1 Work in pairs and choose one of the topics below,
clocks
mobile phones
satnavs
television
2 Make a list of all the advantages and disadvantages.
Language focus: listing points

1 Look at a corrected version
of the second paragraph
of Mohammed's essay.
V\Tiat is different?
3 Think about what to put in the introductory paragraph.

For example, how and where the invention is used, its
history, its effects on modern life etc.
4 Think about what you will write in the last paragraph.
What is your conclusion? Are there more advantages or
disadvantages? Why?
Writing
Write the essay. Use your notes and the useful phrases
below to help you. Write four paragraphs:
a introduction, b advantages, c disadvantages, d conclusion.
Introducing advammi
There are several advantages / disadvantages of...
However, there are also some / certain disadvantages.
One of the main advantages / disadvantages is ...
Unit 6 Writing
review
Grammar
Circle the corrct options. Sometimes both are correct.
1 Where do I plug in the computer /plug the computer in?.
2 If you don't want to lose your documents, its a good
idea to back them up / back lip them.
3 Your computer is much better / more better than mine.
4 Tom works harder /less hard than his sister.
s Shopping online is more convenient / convenienter than
going to the supermarket.
6 The Nile is the most long / the longest river in the world.
7 Your job isn't as well-paid as /as well-paid than mine.
8 Time passes faster / more fast than you think.
9 Germany is a bit less colder / less cold than Norway.
*H
Personalising language learning

1 Look at how Atsuko has recorded new words and
grammar from the unit.
Kertwws (adj.) fvetUuj excited Mid worried, or slightly
Qefc -nznrtruA about / crfs&m^tkUuj.
afraid.
* Iget- nervous when 1 faw to speak in cLom.

* My sifter utecL to be nerwm of ducks.
outlook ( f t , zuuj.) Yourgeneral attitude to tluAigs. Skare the
soam outlook on f owtethwig.
* Fimiie coud I Uuwe the same outlook on. frLetiMup.
back up (verb T) to -make a copy of Uvfcn-mAtion on your
computer.
Vocabulary
* I must rmtewikw to back up -my work ok a. metviory stick.
Read the definitions and put the letters in the correct order
to make the correct words.
*My kalr k muck longer tfuui Fumte's hair.

*T prefer autmur to wUvttr btrcauM. I Love sutvbatkuig.
1 you use this to type documents on a computer

yebadrok
2 you store and carry computer information on this
If you can relate new language to yourself, your

experiences or your ideas, it often makes it easier
to remember.
rymome kicts
3 a small computer that you can earn' around
potpal
4 you use these to listen to music without making a noise
nohapsheed
s your computer sometimes does this if there is a problem
thus wond
6 a relationship with a friend
sprifidhen
2 Think of three words or phrases you have learnt this

week. Write a true sentence about yourself or your life
using each word or phrase.
l
2
7 the state of being happy

shipspane
8 a person who does a study to find new information
screeherra
3 Write one true sentence about yourself or your life

using a comparative structure and one using a superlative
structure.
Speaking
: y
2
1 Work in pairs and find three differences between the

items below. Which do you prefer and why?
4 Work in pairs and read out your sentences. Ask

questions to find out more information from your
partner.
emails and text messages

laptop computers and desktop computers
mobile phones and landlines
2 Work in pairs. A: your partner has never seen one of the
items below. Describe it and explain how it works. Then
swap roles and repeat.
V:: ::
:;
Remember to write sentences personalising new

language when you record it in your vocabulary
notebook or grammar notes.
a computer
a printer
Part 1
Prepositions of time
(in, on,
at)

1 What do the letters mean? Solve the time
puzzle.
Reading
A: The best time to get married is in June.

B: Why?
A brief history of
time zones
A: Because the weather is always good in
June.
Grammar
Reading
Present perfect w i t h
for &
5 Compare your answers with a partner.

Ask why.
1 Work in pairs and discuss the questions,
since
How many time zones are there in your

country?
Can you name a country where it is the
middle of the night right now?
Can you name a country that is one day
behind you right now?
2 *'?J> 2.24 Read and listen to A brief
history of time zones on page 79. Are these
statements true (T) or false (F)}
2 Here are three other time numbers. Can
you make more puzzle items with them?
60
12
52
3 Complete the rules with the expressions

in the box.
dates (4th October, 12th March)
specific times (6 o'clock, eight-thirty)
seasons (summer, spring)
years (1999, 2005)
Use in with months (February,

December),
times of the day (the afternoon, the evening),
and
Use on with days (Monday, Friday) and
Use at with
and certain time
expressions (the weekend, night).
4 Choose five questions and write
your answers on a piece of paper. Use a
preposition + a time expression.
What's the best time to ...
go on holiday?
wake up on a day when you aren't
working?
do homework or study?
visit your home town?
watch television for films or series?
get married in your country?
do exercise?
Unit 7 Time
1 Time zones have existed for 500 years.

2 Greenwich Mean Time and Coordinated
Universal Time are the same thing.
3 China has always had the same number
of time zones.
4 Jet lag makes you tired.
5 There is only one internet time.
3 Work in pairs and choose one of the
tasks below.
A Choose three pieces of information
from the text that you think are the most
interesting. Compare with your partner.
B Discuss the questions.
Have you visited a place with a
different time zone? Where? When?
Have you ever had jet lag?
Do you know any good ways to avoid
jet lag?
A brief history
time
zones
Grammar
We have had standard time for less than 200
years.
Greenwich internet time has existed since
2000.
use for and since with present perfect to

talk about unfinished time
use for with a period of time
use since with a point in time
do not use in + a time expression with
the present perfect tense
1 Complete the text with for, since or in.
he idea of time zones has not existed for

pie used to measure time using the shadow
/ears, each country used its own time,
ised to be very different from one place to
19th century people began to travel more,
confusion about times. Countries needed a
le. In 1884 members from 27 countries met
d create a system of time zones. The world
system for less than 200 years.
D S T The time zone system starts
n, an invisible line through Greenwich,
ailed GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) or
srsal Time). Many countries also observe
summer time. This is the time of year when
:ks.
S Some large countries have more than

id States has ten time zones and Russia
0 have five time zones but changed to one
means that when you cross the border
in, you have to change your watch by four
lave differences of less than one hour. For
icross the border from India to Nepal you
>nly 15 minutes.
The idea of a portable object that tells the time

has been around
five hundred years.
the past, people held watches in their
el across many time zones by plane, you

1 is the feeling of being very tired because
'oss parts of the world where the time is
hands. They were later called pocket watches,

because you could put them in your pocket.
The wristwatch has existed
electronic watches first appeared
the 1950s. Digital watches have
existed
1970.
i e The spread of the internet has also

lication between people from different
/iss company Swatch introduced internet
pie on the internet would all use the same
h has had its own internet time, called GET
actronic Time), since the year 2000.
Watches have been sold as

jewellery
more than
+10
+8
+6
+4
+2
-2
-4
-6
-8
-10
a hundred and fifty years. A

watch is often considered
J f ' - j y ^ : *
a traditional gift idea for a
m fesJIE IlltS
man.
2 Complete the sentences with the present perfect and for or since.
JlF
fr;
f
I M ! i M ! i I
: F
(live) in this town

ten years.
(study) English
I was twelve years old.
(be) in class
eight o'clock.
(know) the teacher
two years.
(have) my watch
my twentieth birthday.
(know) my oldest friend
we were at primary school together.
3 Complete the sentences with your own ideas and compare with a partner.
Q Grammar focus - explanation & more practice of for & since on page 144
Time Unit 7
& Money
Part 2
Vocabulary
Time expressions
listening
The concept of time
Pronunciation
/at/ & /ei/, sentence
stress
Speaking
Time saving inventions
Reading & Speaking

A Tale of Two Cities
Vocabulary
Listening
1 Match the phrases in bold to the pictures.

Which ones do you think are funny?
1
2.25 Listen to a talk about the
concept of time in English. Finish the
sentence to summarise the main point
of the talk.
1 I think he spends too much time in

front of the television.
2 It looks like Tom's worked overtime
again.
3 Well, it saves time in the mornings!
4 Have you ever thought this job is a waste
of time?
5 Advantage # 1 : lots o f free time.
2 Look at the words and phrases in bold.
What are they in your language?
Time is ...
2
2.26 Match 1-4 to a-d to make
sentences. Then listen and check your
answers.
1 The concept of time in the English
language ...
2 You can spend time and money ...
3 You can give someone your time,...
4 We can convert time into money ...
a
b
c
d
and money into time,

is connected to money,
just like you can give them money,
or save it.
3 Are there similar expressions for time

your language?
Pronunciation
1
2,27 Listen and repeat the sounds
and words.
/ai/, time
/ei/, save
2 0 2.28 Listen and tick ( ) the word

that has a different sound. Listen again and
repeat the words.
why
gym
eye
l fly
machine
2 time
smile
life
friend
height
3 mobile might
waste
mail
money
4 save
paper
break
meat
5 great
3 Look at the words in exercise 2. What a
some common spellings for /ai/ and /ei/?
4 fSf 2.29 Listen and repeat the proverbs.
Do you have any similar proverbs in your
language?
1
2
3
4
Unit 7 Time
Time flies when you're having fun.

Time waits for no man.
So many things, so little time.
Life is short and time is swift.
Speaking
1 Work in pairs and choose the five most
important inventions from the list. Then
rank them from 1 (most important) to 5
(least important).
Top Time Saving Inventions

The hairdryer
The personal computer
The internet and email
The photocopier
The microwave oven
The plane
The mobile phone
The washing machine
Ithink...
Why do you think so?
Because ... used to take a very long time.
I agree/ disagree.
Glossary
2 Compare your list with another pair.
Do you agree?
foolishness (noun) - stupid behaviour

wisdom (noun) - knowledge and experience
3 Can you think of other things that save

time?

1 ^Sf 2.30 Read and listen to the first
lines of A Tale of Two Cities.
2 Work in pairs. Some people say that
the first line of the extract could be about
the times we live in now. Do you agree?
Are we living in the best of times and the
worst of times?
3 Complete the sentences with your
own ideas.
Charles Dickens
It is the best of times because ...
(1812-1870)
It is the worst of times because ...
Considered one of the greatest
4 Compare your ideas with another pair.
English novelists in history,

Dickens came from a very
poor family. His books often
talk about the situation of poor
people in Victorian England.
Time Unit 7
oney
m
Part 3
Vocabulary
Money, v e r b phrases
1 Match the words in the

box to the pictures.
Reading
A lifetime of
concerns
Vocabulary
1 Look at the title of the text on page 83.

What do you think it is about?
financial
2 Read the text and check your answer.
Grammar
Present perfect w i t h
yet &
already
cash
cheque
credit card
coins
notes
purse
wallet
2 Cross out the option that is not possible.

a a salary
b money
c the lottery.
You can spend money a on clothes
b on food
c in the bank.
You can take out a loan a from a bank
b from your wallet
c for a car.
You owe money
a to a friend
b to the bank
c for your wallet.
People pay
a electricity bills
b water bills
c money bills.
1 You earn
2
3 Look at the questions about money.

Which questions would you not normally
ask someone you don't know very well?
How much do you earn?
Where's the nearest cash machine?
Can you lend me some moneys
How much did your jacket cost?
How much do you spend every week on
food?
Do you have change for a five (dollar/
euro/pound) note?
How much cash do you have with you
now?
Do you owe a lot of money?
Compare your answers with a partner.
Unit 7 Money
Reading
3 Read the text again and answer the

questions.
1 How much does the child's toy cost?
2 Does the university graduate have a j
3 When does the family man pay the bills;!
4 Where do the young couple work?
s What has the heir done with her money!|
6 Do the retired couple have money
problems?
4 What are common money concerns for I
people your age?
Grammar
I've already saved 3.
I haven't started work yet.
use already to emphasise something has
happened before now
use yet to talk about something that
has not happened, but will probably
happen soon
1 Find examples of yet and already in the
text and complete the rules.
We use. yet and already with the
tense,
We use
in affirmative statements.
We use
in negatives and questions.
2 Work in pairs. Look at the to do list and
make sentences with yet or already.
She has already done the
shopping.
She hasn't paid the bills yet.
do the shopping
^
pay the bills
call work about a day off
do English
homework
go to the bank v "
phone
parents
A lifetime of
financial
As we get older our money concerns
change, but they don't go away...
3 Make your own to do list. Write down six
things. Include ...
three things you haven't done yet, but
would like to do this week.
three things you have already done this
week.
4 Compare y o u r list w i t h a p a r t n e r . A s k
questions.
A: Have you done your homework
'
W e haven't received any m o n e y f r o m t h e

g o v e r n m e n t yet but w e have our savings,
a n d w e ' v e already paid for o u r house.
W h e n t h e m o n e y c o m e s , we'll travel. W e ' v e
a l w a y s w a n t e d t o g o t o France. M a y b e n o w
w e can.'
yet?
The family man
B: Ves, I have.
A: Have you visited your parents
' M y w i f e a n d I s t o p p e d w o r k last m o n t h .
he
yet?
university graduate
'Our situation has b e c o m e m o r e

difficult since w e h a d our s e c o n d
'I haven't s t a r t e d w o r k yet a n d
B: No, I haven't.
A: When are you going to visit
child. Everything is g e t t i n g m o r e
I o w e $10,000. H o w a m I g o i n g
them?
a n d m o r e expensive. W e really
t o pay t h i s m o n e y b a c k ? '
d o n ' t look f o r w a r d t o
^ G r a m m a r focus - explanation & more

practice of yef & already on page 144
t h e e n d of t h e
jip; L
month when we
'
j^**
Pronunciation
1 2.31 Listen and repeat the sound and
words.
/A/, sun, mother
cost
bus
home
m y uncle left me,

for my house and a
special b a n k a c c o u n t for m y children.'
'
Want!
'
some
G U P
y e t ? " Well, w e ' v e already visited three b a n k s

I p m
More work,
Less fun.
More money.
More buying.
More fun.
Less money.
More work.
Less fun.
More money.
More buying.
More fun.
Less money.
More work.
Stuart Doggett
couple
'Our f r i e n d s o f t e n ask us: " H a v e y o u b o u g h t a place

*
'
a n d I can buy t h e t o y
buy
money
3 Kt 2.33 Read and listen to the poem

below.
atime
'I've already s a v e d 3. Two more
new car. I'm g o i n g t o put t h e rest in a
The
4 Work in pairs.
Read the poem,
one line each at
The eight year old
I've already p a i d
2 O 2.32 Tick ( ) the words that have

the /A/ sound. Then listen and check your
answers.
brother
'With t h e m o n e y
a n d n o n e of t h e m w a n t t o help us. It's
crazy, h o u s e s are so e x p e n s i v e here.
IV
|i
%*
W e ' r e t h i n k i n g of living o u t s i d e t h e
c i t y centre, b u t t h a t m e a n s w e have t o
c o m m u t e a n d w e d o n ' t really w a n t that.'
Inheritance
Financial
Mortgage
Pension
Student loans
Pocket money
M o n e y Unit 7
& Money
Part 4
Speaking
Describing pictures
A different k i n d of b a n k
Speaking
A bank loan
Speaking
Look at the pictures of people meeting
at a bank. Work in pairs and describe the
similarities and differences between them.
fff&HU
Useful language
m d m j i r
Mi
^lirX
formal clothes
group of w o m e n
married couple
modern office
outside
traditional clothes
flHH
ft
- H
Useful phrases
In this picture ... but in this picture ...
In this picture they are wearing ... but in this
one they are wearing ...
This picture was probably taken in ... while
this one w a s taken ...
Reading
1 O 2.34 Read and listen to A different
kind of bank. Find two differences between a
Grameen Bank and a normal bank.
This is not
charity. This is
business: business with
a social objective, which
is to help people get out of
pove
The Grameen Bank in Bangladesh is very different from a normal
Muhammad Yunus
bank. In the w o r d s of its founder, M u h a m m a d Yunus,

In other words, if y o u have little or nothing, you get nothing.' The Grameen
Bank system w o r k s o n t h e principle that t h e person w h o has nothing is t h e first

person w h o should get a loan from the bank.
The bank w a s started as a project in 1976 by Yunus. It gives people very small
loans, called microcredit. In 1983 t h e Grameen Bank Project b e c a m e an independent
institution and the bank is n o w o w n e d by its borrowers. There are more than seven
million people w h o borrow from t h e Grameen Bank and 9 7 % of t h e m are w o m e n . It has
more than 2,000 branches covering 79,000 villages. In normal banks, people g o to the bank
for a loan. In Grameen banks, the bank workers g o and visit people in the villages. The bank
often lends money t o g r o u p s of w o m e n t o start their o w n small businesses.
The Grameen bank system w o r k s very well in Bangladesh.
Borrowers pay back more than 9 8 % of t h e loans, a n d the
Glossary
bank has made a profit almost every year. It uses its profits to
branch (noun) - an office representing a large company
help with natural disasters.
charity (noun) - an organisation that gives money and help to people who needUl
In 2006 t h e Nobel c o m m i t t e e gave M o h a m m a d Yunus t h e
founder (noun) - someone who starts an organisation
Nobel Peace Prize for his w o r k w i t h t h e bank.
poverty (noun) - a situation where people do not have enough money to pay tor I
basic needs
Unit 7 Money
2 Read the text again and choose the

correct answer.
1 The Grameen Bank thinks that ... should
get loans first.
a rich people b people with nothing
c women
2 It lends... to people,
a small amounts of money
b large amounts of money
c no money
3 Most of the people who borrow from the
bank are ...
a women.
b poor,
c both women and poor.
4 Grameen Bank workers meet the
borrowers ...
a in their offices, b in the capital city,
c in their villages,
s The bank gets back ... of the money it
lends.
a a bit b almost all c all
3 What do you think of the Grameen bank?
Is it a good idea?
Speaking
1 Read the situation below.
Situation
The bank has lent your learning institution 12,000 to modernise the facilities.
The director has asked you for suggestions on how to spend the money. What
does your institution need?
2 Work in small groups and discuss what

you are going to buy. Remember that your
budget is 12,000. Write down your final
list of items.
3 Present your plan to another group.
Give reasons for your decisions.
Useful ph
We need ...
We don't need ...
... is more important than ... because ...
I don't think ... is as important as ...
because ...
I don't think ... is very important because
We have decided to spend ... on ...
because ...
If we borrow something from someone, they

give it to us and we agree to give it back.
I need to borrow some money from the bank.
If wetendsomething to someone, we give it
to them and they agree to give it back to us.
The bank is going to lend me some money.
form of borrow or lend.
1 My pen isn't working. Can I _ _ _ _ _
yours?
2 She
him two thousand euros for
the car. He hasn't paid it back yet.
3 I don't have enough money for the bus.
Could you
me some?
4 We didn't have enough chairs, so we
some from the neighbour.
Computers
1,000
each
Electronic
1,000
each
whiteboards
Food and drink machine

students
2,500
for
Modern desks and

chairs
1,500 per
classroom
Nice chairs for the
150
each
teachers
Painting and
decoration
400 per
classroom
Televisions
with
players
400
each
DVD
m m ?
Warm up
Language focus: shopping
1 Look at the pictures of four different markets. Work in

pairs and describe the similarities and differences between
them.
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentences.
Useful phrases
1 How much it is?

2 I can help you?
3 I just looking thanks.
This stall sells ...
4 Have you a red shirt?

5 You can to have it for a hundred and twenty-five.
6 I take it.
I think this market is in ...
7 No, t h a n k s . I l e a v e it.
The stallholder is ...
8 That v e r y e x p e n s i v e .
2 Which market could you see in your country?
Listening
2 45f 2.38 Listen and check your answers. Then listen and
repeat the phrases.
Speaking
1 <Qr 2.35-2.37 Listen to three conversations. Match each

one to a photo.
A Choose one of the markets and roleplay a conversation.

Use the new expressions you have learnt.
Conversation 1: What does the man want?

How much is the final price?
Conversation 2: What does the woman buy?
Conversation 3: What does the woman want?
W h y is she sad at the end?
B Choose three things (eg your book, your pencil, your

phone). You are going to try and sell them to your partner.
Decide a price for each thing.
Try and sell your things to your partner. Use the new
expressions you have learnt.
The English language and the

number four by David Crystal
Global English
feiife. J f e l f e MMrimr
If there's a number you should remember when thinking about
the way the English language has changed o v e r t i m e , it is the
number four.
Timeline of the English Language

449 AD
The first boats carrying Angles, Saxons and Jutes from the
5 north of Europe arrived in several parts of the British Isles in
449 AD. The different dialects they s p o k e gave us the earliest
form of English - Old English, or Anglo-Saxon. Exactly 400
years later, King Alfred 'the Great' was born. He is especially
famous in the history of English, because it was thanks to his
10 planning that Old English literature survived.
7 8 7 A D V i k i n g raids began in England Scandinavian influence on English names for
people and places
In 1400, Chaucer died, leaving us the literary highlight of

Middle English, The Canterbury
Tales. Soon after, a major
sound change began which affected many English vowel

sounds. This 'Great Vowel Shift' is the main reason that
849 AD
'5 Chaucer's language sounds so different from the English w e

use today.
1 0 6 6 N o r m a n invasion of England. The

French language influences English in many ways.
In 1600, when Shakespeare was writing, roughly 4 million

people spoke English in Britain. Today, around 400 years
1400
later, 400 million people

20 speak English as a
Glossary
mother-tongue, and four
Angle, Saxon, Jute (noun) - the names
times as many speak it
of Germanic peoples who lived in

England
as a second or foreign
language.
1400s-1500s 1 4 7 6 First printing press
dialect (noun) - a way of speaking a

language that is used only in a particular
area or by a particular group
shift (noun) - a change in something
Warm up
Look at the timeline for the English language. Tick (V) the
bold phrases that you have heard of before.
Reading
1 Read the text The English language and the number four.
Find three reasons why the number four is important.
2 Read the text again and complete the timeline with
information from the text.
invented in England. Standard

writing system starts to
develop.
1600
1 6 0 0 s English comes into contact with other
languages through colonisation.
1 8 0 0 S Time of the Industrial Revolution and
British Empire. Huge changes in English.
1 8 8 4 New English Dictionary project begins will become the Oxford English Dictionary.
late 1 9 0 0 s Rise of the internet and

globalisation. English becomes world language.
2000
Language focus
Speaking
Choose the option with the same meaning as the
Work in pairs and discuss the questions.
underlined phrases.
l exactly 400 years later

. 400
b 390-410
! roughly4 million people
i 4 million
b 3.8-4.2 million
I around 400 years later
400
b 395-405
t 400 million speak English as a mother-tongue, and four
times as many speak it as a second or foreign language
100 million
b 1,600 million
Can you think of any examples of how your language

has changed? For example, a word or phrase that doesn't
exist anymore.
What other languages have an influence on your
language? Can you give examples?
Does your language have an influence on any other
languages? Which ones?
Writing giving
your opinion
Writing skills: organising your ideas
Look at Tayse's essay plan below. Put the points in each
paragraph in the correct order.
1 Life today ton foot
a ttw maMy things to do - aluwys nwhing
b Life Ui big cities tew fa&t
c traM&fxrrt, cmtmumcation,
internet-, food
2 Vcm't have enough time for what Is Lmjxrrtant
a. no time for friends muL faMuJy
b earn -money - buy things
c worry alxnvt ffHcgaticnvs - become stressed
d soak time butftll it with ffther things
Reading
Read Tayse's essay on Life today is too fast and people don't
have enough time for what is important. Does she agree with
the statement?
(1)
People have too many things to do and spend all their time
rushing from place to place. We travel by car and plane,
communicate by email and mobile phone, and get information
immediately on the internet. Even our food nowadays is often
fast food.
(2)
We worry about work and our obligations, and consequently
become stressed and ill. We spend our time earning more
money and buying more and more things, and so we lack time
for what is important. We rarely spend time with friends and
family or stop to relax or have fun.
(3)
We should spend more time seeing our friends and family. We
also need to think about relaxing and enjoying ourselves, even
for a few hours a day. We need to find time to listen to music,
read books for enjoyment, and enjoy our hobbies. We can't let
life pass us by.
2 Read the essay again and put the sentences in the correct
places. How do the sentences help us to understand each
paragraph?
a I believe it is important to realise that there are other
things in life as well as work and money,
b As a result of this, we save time but end up filling it with
other things.
c It is certainly true that for many people, especially in big
cities, life today is too fast.
3 Do you agree with Tayse's opinions?
Unit 7 Writing
3 Ccnuiwsion. - what to do
a. yzend more time with friends & feutuiy
b can't Le Life-pass/as by
c reia.K, have fun - wmUc, reading,
hMies
d -need to realise other things are importaMt
Language focus: giving your opinion

Complete these sentences from the text.
1
realise that there are other things in life as

well as work and money.
2
spend more time seeing our friends and
family.
find
t i m e to listen to m u s i c .
let life pass us by.
Preparing to write
1 Work in pairs and choose one of the statements below to
write about. Do you agree with the statement?
Schools and universities do not teach students enough
about how to manage their time.
The love of money is the root of all evil.
2 Write three paragraph headings and then write notes
under each heading.
Saying what you

It is (certainly) true t h a t . . .
I (personally) believe t h a t . . .
It is my opinion / view t h a t . . .
Writing
Write your essay. Use your notes and the useful phrases to
help you.
Global review
Grammar
Managing your study time
1 Complete the s e n t e n c e s w i t h t h e c o r r e c t w o r d .
1 My birthday is
N o v e m b e r 12th.
2 What are y o u d o i n g
the weekend?
J The best time to g e t m a r r i e d is
the spring.
4 I've lived in m y h o u s e six years.
s I've studied F r e n c h
. last year.
6 I've had this purse _
I w a s t e n y e a r s old.
1 Answer the questions about study time. Then discuss

your answers with a partner.
2 Put the words in the c o r r e c t order,

l yet / bill / paid / electricity / y o u / t h e / h a v e ?
J gave / me / a / b a n k / l o a n / t h e .
J saved / three / have / 1 / a l r e a d y / e u r o s .
4 fun / flies / y o u ' r e / t i m e / h a v i n g / w h e n .
Vocabulary
1 Match the words on the left to t h e o n e s o n t h e r i g h t ,
jet
money
student jam
pocket watch
over lag
traffic loan
cash
time
wrist
machine
1 When do you study best?

a In the morning.
b In the afternoon or evening,
c Late at night.
2 What do you do with homework?
a Do it straight away
b Do it when you are ready,
c Do it at the last minute.
3 How do you study outside class?
a Just do your homework.
b Re-read the work done in class,
c Do other work as well.
4 When do you re-read your notes?
a Before meals.
b Travelling to school or work,
c Before going to sleep.
Top tips for study time

*
2 Put owe, borrow o r lend i n e a c h g a p .
i Could you
m e t e n dollars, p l e a s e ?
I need to
some money from the bank.
) How much do I
y o u for t h e tickets?
Speaking
1 Work in groups of three. T a l k a b o u t y o u r s e l v e s u s i n g for
and since and try to find t h r e e t h i n g s t h a t a r e t h e s a m e f o r
all of you.
I've known Maria for three years.
I've had my watch since
for two years.
2 Work in groups of t h r e e a n d discuss y o u r E n g l i s h

classes. Find three things y o u ' v e a l r e a d y s t u d i e d , a n d t h r e e
things you haven't studied y e t .
HfeVe already studied
the present
We haven't practised writing letters
R e - r e a d t h e w o r k y o u h a v e s t u d i e d in c l a s s .
L i t t l e a n d o f t e n is b e s t , e . g . t e n m i n u t e s a day.
Use spare m o m e n t s to re-read your class work,

e g b e f o r e m e a l s , b e t w e e n c l a s s e s , o n t h e b u s or
waiting for an appointment.
D e c i d e w h a t is m o s t i m p o r t a n t .
M a k e a w o r k p l a n a n d f o l l o w it.
D o n ' t w a s t e t i m e t h i n k i n g a b o u t w o r k - d o it
straight away!
2 M a k e a study plan for next week. U s e your answers to

e x e r c i s e 1 a n d t h e T o p tips to h e l p y o u .
January.
WeVe all studied English
Find the time w h e n y o u w o r k best, and study

then.
What will you do?

When will you do it?
perfect.
yet.
3 Work in pairs and ask e a c h o t h e r t h e s e q u e s t i o n s .

' What do you usually s p e n d y o u r m o n e y o n ?
' Do you save money? H o w ? W h a t f o r ?
: How do you like to s p e n d y o u r f r e e t i m e ?
Port 1
Speaking
A t o u r of y o u r h o m e
Pronunciation
/h/
Listening
Speaking
Listening
Draw an outline of the rooms in your house

or flat. Then work in pairs and take your
partner on a tour of your home.
I Look at the pictures of three famous

homes. Where are they? Who do you think
lived there? Use the words in the box to
help you guess.
Famous homes
castle
balcony
bathroom
bedroom
dining room
front door
hall
9
Reading & Writing
kitchen
B r a m Stoker's
study
toilet
Grammar
Passive voice
living room
Dracula
This is the ...
' Over here there's a
Pronunciation
1 45* 2.39 Listen and repeat the sound and
the word.
/h/, home
2
2.40 Listen to the sentences.
Underline the words with the /h/ sound.
Home is where ... the heart is.
happy memories are.
you hang your hat.
the hard drive is.
your hopes are.
3 Listen again and repeat the sentences.
Which one do you like the best?
haunted
Dracula
prince
film set
ghost
prisoner
tower
2
2.41-2.43 Listen to people talking
about these homes and check your answers.
3 Listen again. Are the statements true (I)
or false (F)?
Conversation 1:
a The tower was built more than 900 years
ago.
b The young princes were put in the tower
by their uncle Richard III.
Conversation 2:
a The house was used in a film,
b The house is never open.
Conversation 3:
a The castle is still occupied by the
government,
b Dracula never saw the castle.
4 Are there any famous homes in your
town? Where are they? Who lived there?
Extend your
- house and
A house is a building that people live in.
She lives in that big house.
Someone's home is the place where they live.
That flat is the home of a large family.
C o m p l e t e t h e s e n t e n c e s w i t h house or home.
1
I'm going
Please do exercise 3 for

work.
See that big red
over there?
My father lives there.
after class.
I'll do the shopping and cleaning, but you

do the other _ _ _ _ _ work.
Hi, I'm not at
at the moment.
Please leave a message.
Unit 8 Home
Bram Stoker's
As Jonathan Harker approaches the
castle doors, they open. An old man,
carrying a lamp, enters the room.
Grammar
Welcome to my home.
People say the tower is haunted.
The castle was returned to its owners.
we use the passive v o i c e w h e n w e w a n t

to focus on the action, n o t the p e r s o n
who does the a c t i o n
we also use t h e passive v o i c e w h e n w e
do not k n o w w h o d o e s t h e a c t i o n o r it
is not i m p o r t a n t
1 Read the sentences f r o m the l i s t e n i n g a n d
decide if they are active (A) or passive (P).
1 The Tower of L o n d o n w a s b u i l t in 1078.
2 Their uncle p u t t h e m in t h e tower.
3 It was used in the film Psycho.
4 People believe that V l a d T e p e s - the
original D r a c u l a - lived h e r e .
s It is visited every y e a r b y t h o u s a n d s of
people.
2 Complete the texts w i t h the c o r r e c t f o r m
of to be.
Count Dracula?
I am Dracula, and I bid you
welcome, Mr Harker, to my house. Come in.
You will, I trust, excuse me
that I do not join you. But I have already
dined and I never drink ... wine.
The novel Dracula
was written in 1897 by
the Irish novelist Bram Stoker. There have been

many adaptations of the novel for film. The 1992
film Bram Stoker's
Dracula
was directed by Francis
Ford Coppola.
Official residences
around the world
The Palacio d e la M o n c l o a is the official
residence of the Spanish prime minister in Madrid.
It was lis destroyed during the Spanish Civil War,
but it was /is rebuilt afterwards.
Abdeen Palace, in central Cairo, is / was built
in 1874 for the Egyptian royal family. Today it is /
was used as an official residence for the president
and a museum.
The Lodge, located in Canberra Australia,
is I was built in 1926. It was / is meant to be a
temporary home for the Australian prime minister.
Now it is the official one.
Reading and Writing

1 Read the scene from the film Bram
Stoker's Dracula.
2 Work in pairs and write the next three
lines of the dialogue. Then present your
scene to another pair.
L a n g u a g e n o t e : I bid you welcome
is a
formal, literary way of saying welcome.
The official residence of the president of Ukraine

isMariyinsky Palace in Kiev, it is / was
constructed in the 18th century and is / was used
as military headquarters between 1917 and 1920.
TheZhongnanhai is a group of buildings
in Beijing, China. It is / was used as an official
residence of the head of state in the past. Today,
when foreign politicians come to visit, they were /
are welcomed there.

r practice of the passive on page 146
Home Unit 8
Home
Part 2
Animals
Reading
The cat c a m e b a c k
Vocabulary
Prepositions of
movement

1 Look at the pictures of different animals.
Would you keep any of these animals in
your home? Which ones?
budgie
horse
cat
mouse
dog
goldfish
rabbit
snake
hamster
spider
2 Which of these animals have ...

a tail?
eight legs?
fur?
big ears?
fins?
wings?
questions.
Did you have a pet as a child? What was it?
Are you afraid of any of these animals?
1 Do you prefer cats or dogs? Why? Tell a

partner.
intelligent
because
/ more
4 ...r 2.44 Read and listen to the text and

complete the sentences with the names of
the cats.
1
2
Reading
I prefer...
3 Quickly read the rest of the text and '

choose the best subtitle,
a True stories of cats who lived in
different countries,
b True stories of cats who travelled a long
distance to come home,
c True stories of cats who loved their
owners.
d True stories of cats who travelled a long
distance to leave home.
they are friendlier
/ more
interesting.
1 don't like cats or dogs.
2 Read the introduction to The cat came

back on page 93 and discuss the questions in
pairs.
Do cats have any special meaning in your
country?
Do many people keep them as pets?
What is the most common pet?
In English, people sometimes say that
cats have nine lives. Does this expression
in your language?
lived in the USA.

came home after about two
months.
and _
c a m e b a c k h o m e after
a week.
w e n t t o his owners' second home,
w a s h a p p y b u t v e r y dirty.
5 Find words in the text with these

meanings.
1 so important that you should not criticise
it (introduction)
2 the official line that separates two
countries (paragraph 1)
3 very dirty (paragraph 2)
4 the sound a cat makes when it's happy
(paragraph 2)
6 Which story do you think is the most
surprising? Do you know any unusual pet
stories?
e cat came back

ogists estimate that humans and cats have lived together for
an 9,000 years. In Ancient Egypt, cats were considered sacred
animals and protectors of the home. Today there are an estimated
500 million domestic cats in the world, making cats one of the most
common animals in the home. It's common to say that cats have
nine lives because of their
Howie - walked 1,900 km across
strange ability to survive as the
Australia In 1978 this three-year-old
following true stories show.
Minosch - travelled 2,400
km through Germany, in
1981 Mehmet Tune, a Turkish
man living in Germany, w e n t
to Turkey with his cat a n d family
for a holiday. At the Turkish b o r d e r
Minosch disappeared. Sixty-one d a y s
later, back in northern Germany, t h e
family heard a noise at t h e door. It
cat w a l k e d h o m e f r o m t h e G o l d Coast in
The Servos family lost their pet cat
Queensland, Australia t o Adelaide. T h e
Gringo f r o m their h o m e in northern
trip t o o k a year. Kirsten Hicks, t h e cat's
France in D e c e m b e r 1982. T h e
owner, said that a l t h o u g h he w a s filthy
f o l l o w i n g July they learnt that t h e cat
a n d bleeding, H o w i e w a s actually purring.
w a s in t h e s o u t h of France. Gringo
Ernie - travelled..965: km to Texas.
h a d travelled t h r o u g h France a n d
In S e p t e m b e r 1994 Chris a n d Jennifer

Trevino's cat Ernie j u m p e d out of a
p i c k - u p t r u c k while it w a s travelling
d o w n t h e m o t o r w a y . The cat w a s 965
k m a w a y f r o m h o m e . A w e e k later, Ernie
was Minosch.
Gringo - travelled 780 km

down to the French Riviera.
arrived at t h e Servos's s u m m e r
h o m e a w e e k later. The
n e i g h b o u r s t o o k care of
him until t h e Servos
family arrived.
w a l k e d b a c k into t h e Trevino family h o m e

in Victoria, Texas.
Vocabulary
I Look at the
pictures and complete
the sentences with the
correct prepositions
from the box.
across
across
along
into
down
out of
through
in
past
1 Ernie jumped
the truck and walked
- - the highway.
2 He went
fields.
a bridge, and
. some
up
2 9 2.45 Listen and

: check your answers.
Then cover the
sentences and try to
retell the story.
H e walked accident.
t h e river, b u t fell -
5 H e climbed
a tree to sleep and c l i m b e d
a gB a i n t h e n e x t m o r n i n g& .
. some sleeping dogs.
6 H e walked
later.
the family h o m e one week

Home Unit 8
Part 3
Reading
Travel guidebooks
Listening
Conversations with
travel guides
Grammar _
First conditional
Reading & Speaking
The Beach
Reading
Listening
R e a d A quick guide to the world's most famous
1 O 2.46-2.48 L i s t e n to t h r e e
c o n v e r s a t i o n s b e t w e e n t o u r i s t s a n d travel
g u i d e s / a g e n t s . C h o o s e t h e c o r r e c t situati*
f o r e a c h o n e . T h e r e is o n e p l a c e y o u don't
need.
guidebooks a n d c o m p l e t e t h e s e n t e n c e s w i t h
the n a m e s of the guidebooks.
1
b e c a m e f a m o u s f o r its
restaurant reviews.
2
w a s written b y a soldier.
3
w a s t h e first m o d e r n
guidebook.
4
and
. were written
f o r p e o p l e w i t h o u t a lot o f m o n e y .
W h i c h of these guidebooks did y o u k n o w
about already?
beach
city centre
market
travel office
2 L i s t e n a g a i n a n d c h o o s e t h e correct
answers.
C o n v e r s a t i o n 1: T h e m a n w a n t s to travel.
a to the U S A .
b this month,
c next month.
C o n v e r s a t i o n 2: T h e t o w e r is . . .
a t h e n e w e s t b u i l d i n g in t h e city,
b t h e t a l l e s t b u i l d i n g i n t h e city,
c t h e o l d e s t b u i l d i n g in t h e city.
C o n v e r s a t i o n 3: T h e g u i d e p e r s u a d e s the
m a n to . . .
a b u y a carpet.
b have lunch,
c visit t h e city.
Extend your voca

- words that mean
A trip is when we go somewhere and come
back again.
A drive is a trip in a car. A flight is a trip in a
plane.
' -v
A quick guide to
the world's most famous
guidebooks
Baedeker's: these were the first modern travel guidebooks
and were published in Germany in 1835.
Michelin: the first guide to travelling through France was written
by Andre Michelin in 1900. The Michelin stars are one of the most
famous systems for reviewing restaurants in the world.
Frommer's: the book Europe on $5 a day was written in 1957 by Arthur
Frommer, an American soldier, and was one of the first budget travel guides.
Lonely Planet: the Lonely Planet guidebooks were started by Tony and
Maureen Wheeler in 1973. They were originally written for budget travel in
Asia, but now cover almost every country in the world.
^fc
Unit 8 Away
A journey is a long trip from one place to

another.
A tour is a trip to a place where there are
interesting things to see.
A ride is a short trip in a car or bus or on a
bicycle or motorcycle.
Replace the underlined words with other

words that mean trip.
1
2
I went for a trip in my brother's new car.
They were very tired and had jet lag after

the third plane trip.
3 He took me for a trip in his new
Volkswagen.
4 She's saving money for her next tap
across Europe.
Grammar
If you go up the tower, you won 't regret it.
If you buy one of these carpets now, I can get
a good price for you.
I'll ask if you
like.
use the first c o n d i t i o n a l to talk a b o u t a

possible future situation
use the present s i m p l e in t h e if clause
use will, can or might plus v e r b in t h e
main clause
the //clause can b e the first or s e c o n d
clause in the sentence
1 Complete the sentences f r o m the
listening with the correct p h r a s e .
1 If you travel / will travel t h i s m o n t h , you '11
Iyou get an extra 2 0 % discount.

2 If you will go / go u p t h e t o w e r , y o u won't
/don't regret it.

) We'll / We g o t h e r e l a t e r if y o u will want /
want.
4 If you buy / will buy t w o , s h e will give /
gives you a big discount.

j 2 What is the difference b e t w e e n these
sentences?
a If I go to London, I'll b u y a n E n g l i s h
guidebook,
h If I go to London, I m i g h t b u y an
English guidebook.
If I go to London, I can b u y an E n g l i s h
guidebook.
J 3 Work in pairs. R e a d the situations a n d
I complete the sentences w i t h y o u r o w n ideas.
1 You want to go s o m e w h e r e this w e e k e n d .
I (sunny or raining?)
I If it's sunny, we'll...
1 You have won a big prize (a trip for t w o

I or money?)
I If we win the trip for two, we ...
! Your friend is g o i n g to h a v e a b a b y a n d
you want to buy a present, ( b o y or g i r l ? )
If it's a boy...
| 0 Grammar f o c u s - explanation & more
practice of the first conditional on page 146

1 C h e c k y o u u n d e r s t a n d the p h r a s e beach
resort. A r e t h e r e a n y b e a c h resorts in y o u r
c o u n t r y ? D o y o u like t h e m ?
2
2.49 R e a d a n d listen to t h e text.
T h e n w o r k in pairs a n d discuss t h e
questions.
W h a t d o Sal a n d t h e o t h e r s w a n t to
avoid? W h y ?
D o y o u o f t e n visit places that are
p o p u l a r w i t h tourists?
A r e t h e r e a n y places in y o u r c o u n t r y
that h a v e too m u c h t o u r i s m ? W h e r e ?
Alex Garland (1970-) is an
English writer of novels and films.
He wrote his first novel The Beach
in 1996 when he was 26 years old
and it became a classic. It was
made into a film in 2000.
Part 4
Speaking
Describing photos
Vocabulary
Adjectives & prepositions
Speaking
Reading
W o r k i n pairs. L o o k at t h e p i c t u r e s b e l o w
and describe them. H o w do you think they
are connected?
1 R e a d t h e text New kinds of tourism on

p a g e 97. W h i c h k i n d of t o u r i s m does each
picture show?
Reading
N e w kinds of tourism
Grammar
Second conditional
ancient
castle
kitchen
disaster area
1
operating theatre
storm
Pronunciation & Speaking

Sentence stress
Useful phrases
It looks a bit like ...
This picture shows ... while this one shows ...
This picture looks nicer / more interesting /
more boring than ...
Vocabulary
1 C o m p l e t e the sentences with the correct
prepositions.
about
at
in
of
of
with
1 I'm interested
historical and
cultural places.
2 I'm bored
beach holidays; we go
to t h e b e a c h e v e r y y e a r .
3 I'm worried
the situation and I
w a n t to help.
4 I'm fond
s a n d , sea a n d s u n .
5 I'm not good
cooking, but I want
to learn.
6 I ' m a bit a f r a i d
o l d castles a n d
p l a c e s like that.
2 M a t c h the sentences in exercise 1 to the
p i c t u r e s f r o m t h e s p e a k i n g activity. M o r e
t h a n o n e a n s w e r m a y be p o s s i b l e .
3 C o m p l e t e the sentences in exercise 1
with y o u r own ideas.
Unit 8 Away
2 R e a d t h e text a g a i n a n d p u t the senten

in t h e c o r r e c t p l a c e s in t h e text.
a T h i s k i n d of t o u r i s m involves going to
a d i f f e r e n t c o u n t r y f o r h e a l t h care and
at t h e s a m e t i m e e n j o y i n g m o r e typical
tourist attractions,
b N e w Z e a l a n d h a s b e n e f i t e d from this
k i n d of t o u r i s m s i n c e t h e film The Lori
the Rings w a s m a d e t h e r e ,
c T h e i n c r e a s e in t h e n u m b e r of tourists
also m e a n s a n i n c r e a s e in t h e kinds of
t o u r i s m n o w available,
d C o o k i n g h o l i d a y s a r e g r o w i n g in
p o p u l a r i t y , e s p e c i a l l y in c o u n t r i e s like
Italy and France,
e T h i s k i n d of t o u r i s m is n o t v e r y popular
w i t h local r e s i d e n t s f o r o b v i o u s reasons.
3 W h a t is y o u r o p i n i o n of t h e s e different
k i n d s of t o u r i s m ? W r i t e a n u m b e r for each
o n e . 1 = v e r y a c c e p t a b l e , 5 = completely
unacceptable
T h e n c o m p a r e y o u r i d e a s w i t h a partner.
I think...
is very
acceptable.
I have some problems

I think ... is
with ...
unacceptable.
him
tourism
Forecast->-
Would you do it if you had the chance?

People are travelling more than ever before. The World
Tourism Organisation (UNWTO) predicts that by 2020 the
2020
number of international travellers will be more than 1.6

billion people per year (see chart).
Here are four
Disaster tourism
different kinds of tourism that have appeared recently.
Medical
Disaster tourism involves visiting the site of a disaster. Examples
tourism
include tours to New Orleans after Hurricane Katrina, to parts of
Medical tourism can be for a variety of things, from
Thailand after the tsunami or tourist visits to ground zero in New York.
operations to visits to the dentist or even cosmetic surgery.

a
A few of the popular countries offering medical
tourism are India, Cuba, Thailand, Argentina and Jordan. In
Literary tourism
Kenya they even offer medical safaris.
Another growing area of tourism is literary tourism. This is a kind

of cultural tourism and there are several types. It can be
connected to the life of an author, for example visiting
Nearly all tourists eat in restaurants, and dining is one of

the top three tourist activities. But if you were in a country
famous for its food, would you learn how to cook it?
Welcome to the more extreme form of culinary tourism,
the author's home or favourite

places, or connected to the lives
Glossary
of characters in a story. It can also
cosmetic surgery (noun) - medical

operations that improve someone's
appearance
where people go to another country to learn how to prepare
be a visit to a place where a film
its food.
was made.
Grammar
Pronunciation and Speaking
I Look at sentences 1 - 3 a n d a n s w e r
questions a-c below.
1
2.50 L o o k at this q u e s t i o n . O n l y t h e
stressed words are written. Listen and write
the missing words.
you
go anywhere
world, where
go?
1 //you were in a country famous for its

[ food, would you learn how to cook it?
1 Iflwent to Morocco. I would visit the
market in Medina.
1 We wouldn't visit the disaster area i f we
were in New Orleans.
i What tense are the verbs in the
[ underlined parts of the sentences?
k What form of the verb follows would in
the other part of the sentences?
t Are these real or unreal situations?
2 Which sentence in each pair is about an
unreal situation?
1 i We'll go if we have the money.
h We'd go if we had the money.
|! i Would you visit there if you could?
b Will you visit there if you can?
11 i I'd never visit a disaster zone,
b I'll never visit a disaster zone.
|
2 Listen again and repeat the question.

T h e n w o r k in p a i r s a n d a s k e a c h other.
3 W o r k in p a i r s a n d ask e a c h o t h e r t h e
q u e s t i o n s in t h e box. P a y a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
stressed words.
ground zero (noun) - a place where a lot

of people have been killed
health care (noun),-the services that
look after people's health
safari (noun) - a journey, especially in
Africa, to see wild animals in their natural
environment
tsunami (noun) - a very large wave that is
caused by an earthquake under the sea
Language note: would

is often pronounced
or
/wodja/
you
/wudju:/
in fast connected
speech.
If y o u c o u l d w o r k o r s t u d y i n a n o t h e r c o u n t r y , w o u l d y o u d o it?
W h a t country would you prefer?
If s o m e f o r e i g n f r i e n d s v i s i t e d y o u f o r o n e d a y a n d w a n t e d t o s e e s o m e
sights, w h e r e w o u l d y o u t a k e t h e m ?
W h a t w o u l d y o u d o if y o u r son o r d a u g h t e r told y o u t h e y w a n t e d t o
travel o n t h e i r o w n ?
If y o u w e n t t o E n g l a n d , w o u l d y o u b u y s o u v e n i r s ? W h a t w o u l d y o u b u y ?
W h o for?

practice of the second conditional on page 146
Away Unit 8
fj||t
Warm up
W o r k in pairs. R o l e p l a y a short p h o n e conversation for
each situation.
Situations
1
A: phone B. You can't g o to w o r k today. Say why.
B: phone A. You have a problem in your kitchen.

You want A to c o m e and fix it.
A: phone B. You w o u l d like to reserve a room in B's hotel

for t w o nights.
B: phone A. Tell A about a fantastic holiday you have just

returned from.
3 L o o k a t s e n t e n c e s 1 - 8 i n e x e r c i s e 1 a n d m a t c h them to
the functions a - h below.
W h i c h phrase do you use ...
a when you answer the phone?
b to say w h o y o u are?
c to say the purpose of y o u r call?
d to politely ask the other person to wait?
e to c o n n e c t o n e caller to another?
f to ask to speak to s o m e o n e ?
g t o a s k if t h e o t h e r p e r s o n w a n t s t o l e a v e a m e s s a g e ?
h t o s a y y o u w i l l call a g a i n l a t e r ?
Speaking
W o r k i n p a i r s a n d c h o o s e one o f t h e t a s k s b e l o w .
Listening
2.51-2.54 L i s t e n t o f o u r s h o r t p h o n e c o n v e r s a t i o n s .
W h a t is t h e m a n t r y i n g t o d o ? W h a t h a p p e n s a t t h e e n d ?
Language focus: telephone English

1 P u t t h e w o r d s in t h e c o r r e c t o r d e r t o m a k e u s e f u l
phrases.
1 about calling the English learning holiday I'm.
2 M r s K n i g h t c a n s p e a k t o I?
3 p l e a s e a m o m e n t , just.
4 call b a c k I'll.
5 a message I can take?
6 G r e e n w a y hello, Holidays.
7 P a b l o A l o n s o is h e l l o , this.
8 y o u p u t I'll t h r o u g h .
2
2.55 L i s t e n a n d c h e c k y o u r a n s w e r s . T h e n l i s t e n a n d
repeat the phrases.
A R e p e a t t h e w a r m u p a c t i v i t y u s i n g t h e n e w expressions
y o u have learnt.
B P r e p a r e a p h o n e c o n v e r s a t i o n . U s e t h e d i a g r a m belowtol
help you. T h e n practise y o u r conversation.
A: call B.
B: answer. Ask A to hold.
A: accept.
B: wait a minute. Ask what A want!
A: ask to speak to C.
B: say that C isn't available.
Ask to take a message.
A: leave a message.
B: thank A.
A: thank B. Say goodbye.
B: say goodbye.
Global voices
gHV
PVi
'MMH
HI
njEnM
ill
Si
III
Language focus: adverbs of degree

1 Put the adverbs of degree into three groups.
+
++
+++
a bit
extremely
fairly
quite
slightly
very
2 Match the speakers 1-5 to the summaries a-e. Then

listen again and check your answers.
Warm up
1 Look at the pictures of
different homes. Work in pairs
and describe the similarities and
differences between them.
2 Are any of the pictures similar
to homes in your country?
Listening
Kt 2.56-260 Listen and cross out the topic the speaker
doesn't mention.
l David, Georgia
a blocks of flats b houses in the villages c house prices
i Elena, Russia
[ a big houses b house prices c rooms in a house
J Valeria, Bolivia
a blocks of flats b coloured houses c homes in Oxford
\ Katie, Northern Ireland
a terraced houses b blocks of flats c varied homes
i Bea, England
a house prices b living rooms c housemates
1
2
3
4
s
David, Georgia
Elena, Russia
Valeria, Bolivia
Katie, Northern Ireland
Bea, England -
a The homes in my country are quite varied. They have

different pretty colours,
b Homes in my country are very big; in the cities there are
blocks of flats, and in the country there are more houses,
c In my country many young people share a big house
together; homes are quite large,
d Flats in my country are extremely expensive, much more
expensive than flats in Great Britain,
e Terraced houses in my city are fairly typical. They have
two rooms upstairs and two rooms downstairs.
3 Which sentences in exercise 2 are true for your country?
Speaking
1 Choose one of the topics below. Make some notes using
the questions to help you.
Homes in your country and homes in Great Britain /
USA. Different? How?
An extremely big house you have visited. Whose?
Where? What's it like?
A part of your city where the buildings are quite ugly.
Where? W h a t do they look like?
A part of your country where homes are fairly cheap.
Where? How much? W h y ?
2 Work in pairs and tell each other about your topic.
I'm going to tell you about an extremely big house I've visited.
It's a friend's house, and it is outside the town. It has many
bedrooms,
and a very large living room ...
Writing
a description of a town
Reading
R e a d Aneta's d e s c r i p t i o n of h e r t o w n a n d a n s w e r
the q u e s t i o n s .
1 W h a t are the town's main attractions?
2 W h a t does Aneta like and dislike about the town?
3 W o u l d y o u like t o visit t h e t o w n ? W h y ?
Writing skills: giving more information]

M a k e y o u r writing m o r e interesting by giving more
information about places.
P u t t h e c l a u s e s w i t h where in t h e b e s t p l a c e i n the email. ]
1 . . w h e r e people go skiing in the winter
2 . . w h e r e y o u c a n g o for a d a y t r i p
3 ..., w h e r e y o u c a n g o fishing
4 ..., w h e r e y o u c a n e n j o y t h e n a t u r a l h o t w a t e r all year
round
Preparing to write
W o r k i n p a i r s a n d a s k e a c h o t h e r t h e q u e s t i o n s . U s e the
useful phrases below to help you.
W h a t ' s y o u r town called?
W h a t sort of t o w n is it?
W h e r e is i t e x a c t l y ?
W h a t is i t l i k e ?
W h a t are the main attractions?
W h a t can you do there?
W h a t is t h e w o r s t t h i n g a b o u t t h e t o w n ?
W h a t d o y o u like best a b o u t t h e t o w n ?
Describing a town
Language focus: it and
there
1 A n e t a h a s f o r g o t t e n t o u s e it s e v e n t i m e s a n d there
s e v e n t i m e s . W r i t e t h e w o r d s in t h e c o r r e c t p l a c e s in h e r
description.
It will be great to see you
again.
2 C o m p l e t e t h e r u l e s u s i n g it or there.
a Use
t o t a l k a b o u t s o m e t h i n g f o r t h e first t i m e .
is a n old T o w n H a l l .
a r e n ' t m a n y bars.
b Use
to t a l k a b o u t s o m e t h i n g y o u h a v e a l r e a d y
mentioned.
...
is v e r y old.
is n e a r t h e m o u n t a i n s .
Unit 8 Writing
It's a small / medium-sized / large t o w n / city / village.

It's historical / m o d e r n / touristy / a bit quiet / quite lively.
It's in the north / in the south-east / in the centre of... 1
It's on the coast / near the capital city.
There are lots of shops / no historical buildings.
There's a medieval castle / no shopping centre.
There's a lot / not much / nothing to d o (at night).
Writing
W r i t e a n e m a i l like A n e t a ' s t o d e s c r i b e y o u r t o w n to a
f r i e n d . U s e y o u r a n s w e r s f r o m a b o v e to h e l p y o u .
WsBm
mtmmr
review
Study skills
Grammar
Learning words with prepositions
Complete the s e n t e n c e s w i t h t h e c o r r e c t w o r d s .
1 The Tower of London was built / was build / built in 1078.
2 Every year, D r a c u l a ' s C a s t l e visited / visit / is visited b y
thousand of tourists.
J People do not permit / is not permitted / are not permitted
to take p h o t o g r a p h s t o o c l o s e t o 10 D o w n i n g S t r e e t .
4 I'm bored at / with / on m y j o b so I ' m g o i n g t o l e a v e .
s Ifyou don't /won't /wouldn't h u r r y , y o u ' l l m i s s t h e b u s .
6 I would visit B r a z i l if I have / had / would have e n o u g h
money.
7 You'll never pass t h e e x a m if y o u don't / won't / didn't
study.
You will / can / coidd s e e l i o n s if y o u w e n t o n s a f a r i .
T W o r k in pairs. C a n y o u r e m e m b e r w h i c h prepositions
w e r e u s e d in t h e s e s e n t e n c e s ?
1 Hi, I'm not _
home
the moment.
2 T h e c a s t l e is k n o w n
Dracula's Castle.
3 If y o u w e r e i n a c o u n t r y f a m o u s
its f o o d ,
w o u l d y o u l e a r n h o w t o c o o k it?
4 You are g o i n g
a three-day trip.
Vocabulary
1 Read the definitions a n d c o m p l e t e t h e w o r d s .
1 an animal with a v e r y l o n g n e c k
g2 the biggest a n i m a l i n t h e w o r l d
w.
J an insect that m a k e s h o n e y
b.
t a book that tells y o u a b o u t p l a c e s t o v i s i t
gs something y o u p a c k b e f o r e y o u t r a v e l
s.
2 Complete the d i r e c t i o n s
using the correct p r e p o s i t i o n s .
Go (1)
the road,
. the bridge a n d
. the church.
W h e n y o u l e a r n n e w w o r d s , it is a g o o d i d e a t o
l e a r n t h e m w i t h t h e p r e p o s i t i o n t h e y are u s e d w i t h .
interested
Speaking
1 Work in pairs a n d a s k e a c h
other the questions.
1 ifyou could live a n y w h e r e i n t h e w o r l d , w h e r e w o u l d
you live, and w h y ? W h a t w o u l d y o u r h o u s e b e l i k e ?
1 Where would y o u g o if y o u c o u l d t r a v e l a n y w h e r e i n t h e
world? What w o u l d y o u d o t h e r e ? W h a t c o u l d y o u s e e ?
2 Work in pairs. You a r e g o i n g o n h o l i d a y t o g e t h e r .
Discuss and decide w h e r e v o u a r e g o i n g .
A: you want to go to a t r o p i c a l b e a c h . T h i n k o f s o m e
reasons why.
B: you want to go to a city. T h i n k o f s o m e r e a s o n s w h y .
at home
go on a trip
2 L o o k up these adjectives in your dictionary. W r i t e the

preposition they are used with and an example sentence
from the dictionary.
Similar 1 _
Their situation
is very similar to ours.
1 different
2 married
3 related 4
in
keen
3 U s e a dictionary to find out whether these words are

u s e d w i t h to, for o r on.
1 go
___ . h o l i d a y
2 go
a drive
3 go
the cinema
4 goa drink
safari
5 go
6 goa picnic
7 go
a cruise
8 go
.. a c o n c e r t
9 go
lunch
10 g o
a tour
A: If we go to Hawaii, we can ...

: Yes, but... is boring. If w e go to ..., we can ...
9 Health & Fit
H n
Part 1
The common cold
Vocabulary
Feeling ill
Pronunciation
Ch & gh
Listening
Cures for the
common cold

1 W o r k in pairs and ask each other the
questions.
H o w o f t e n d o y o u g e t a cold?
H a v e y o u h a d a c o l d y e t this y e a r ?
D o y o u e v e r t a k e t i m e off w o r k o r s c h o o l
with a cold?
2 T r y to complete the information about
the c o m m o n cold with the n u m b e r s in the
box. T h e r e a r e t w o n u m b e r s y o u d o n ' t n e e d .
Grammar
2 4 - 4 8 hours
M o d a l v e r b s of
200+
advice
2 months
2 - 3 years
2-5
$3.5 billion
50
6-10
tn numbers ...
the number of viruses that cause the
common cold
the average number of colds an adult gets
every year
the average number of colds a child or
baby gets every year
the average time you have a cold before
you feel the symptoms
the average time in your life you will have
a cold
2 R e p l a c e t h e u n d e r l i n e d words in exercii
1 w i t h t h e w o r d s in t h e box. T h e r e maybej
m o r e t h a n o n e p o s s i b l e answer.
cough
head
coughing
leg
fever
sick
s t o m a c h ache
toothache
wrong
3 W o r k i n pairs. A: t u r n to p a g e 127.
B: t u r n to p a g e 129.
Pronunciation
1
2.62 L i s t e n to t h e g r o u p s of words. I
W h i c h w o r d h a s a d i f f e r e n t ch or gh sound?
1 cheap
chicken choose
machine
2 character catch
t e c h n i q u e headache
3 tough
enough ought
cough
2 W r i t e t h e w o r d s f r o m exercise 1 in the
correct columns.
m
/k/
/tJ7
silent
the cost of the common cold in the US every

year (from lost time at work and school)
2,61 L i s t e n a n d c h e c k y o u r a n s w e r s .
Vocabulary
1 Complete the sentences with the correct
word.
1
2
3
4
5
6
What's /How 's t h e m a t t e r ?

I feel / have t i r e d .
I ' v e got /feel a h e a d a c h e .
I ' v e g o t a htm / sore t h r o a t .
M y b a c k hurts / is hurts.
I h a v e a blocked / blocking n o s e .
3 <(!# 2.63 L i s t e n a n d r e p e a t t h e sentences.

P a y a t t e n t i o n to t h e ch a n d gh s o u n d s .
1 I've h a d e n o u g h of this c o u g h .
2 I think I caught it from Charles.
3 He's had a headache for ages.
4 'V'p 2.64 R e a d a n d listen to t h e p o e m
below. H o w m a n y different pronunciations
o f ough a r e t h e r e ?
I take it you already know
Of tough and bough and cough and dough.
Others may stumble but not you,
On hiccough, thorough, slough and through.
7 I'm / I've a l w a y s s n e e z i n g .
Language note: when you talk about

feeling ill you can use I have or I've
got.
A dreadful language? Man alive,

I'd mastered it when I was five.
5 T r y to read the p o e m aloud.
Unit 9 Health
Listening
1 Read the quote about the common cold.
What advice would you give to someone
with a cold?
It's t h e m o s t common
illness in the w h o l e w o r l d .
There is not one single c u r e

but people have their o w n
ideas a b o u t h o w t o dea! w i t h
the common cold.
2 O 2.65 Listen to different people

answering the same question. Number the
pictures above in the order that you hear
them.
3 Choose one of the verbs in the box.
Listen again and make notes on the advice
you hear with that verb.
breathe
go
drink
stay
take
eat
wash
2 Make new sentences with the words in

brackets.
Can't sleep at night? Advice for
insomniacs ...
Drinking coffee before bed is a very bad

idea. (mustn't)
You mustn't drink coffee before bed.
1 Try taking a warm bath before bed.

(should)
2 Sleep on a good bed. (should)
3 It's a good idea to see a doctor if the
problem continues, (ought to)
4 Smoking before you go to bed isn't a
good idea, (shouldn't)
5 Try to get some exercise during the day.
(should)
practice of modal verbs on page 148
Writing
1 Read the three situations and choose one.
Situations
1
You have been invited to a party tonight, but you don't feel well. Write a
note to your friend. Explain the situation and apologise.
4 Compare your notes with a partner. Then

check the audioscript on page 157.
You have a special exam tonight but you don't feel well. Write a note
to your professor. Explain the situation and ask if you can do the exam
another time.
Grammar
You should eat garlic.
You shouldn H do any exercise.
You really ought to wash your hands
repilarly.
You must stay in bed.
You don't feel well today and you can't go to work. Write a note to your
co-worker. Explain the situation and ask them to change shifts with you.
2 Work in pairs and swap your sick notes.

Write a short reply and give the person
some advice.
use should to give a d v i c e a n d m a k e

suggestions
we can also use ought to, but should is
more common
must is similar to should but is stronger
I'm sorry but I c a n ' t . . .

I'm sorry but I won't be able to ...
I'm not feeling very well.
I've g o t . . .
1 Use the pictures and your own ideas to

jive advice to someone with a cold.
I think I've g o t . . .
I think you should...

I don't think you should...
Don't worry, we / you can ...
Sorry to hear that you're not feeling well.

Get better soon.
Health Unit 9
Health
f^WMSW
l MWBBWIBBBMI^
A r a b influences on
Part 2
Vocabulary
Medical treatment
Pronunciation
M E D I O I N
Vocabulary
The w o r l d of m e d i c i n e w a s influenced
greatly by t h e A r a b w o r l d .
3 Complete the questions with the correct

form of the verbs.
The first pharmacies and medical schc;
W o r d stress
were d e v e l o p e d in Damascus, Cairo and

Cordoba.
Have you e v e r . . .
Reading
Milestones of modern
medicine
an operation?
T h e A r a b s w e r e also t h e first to use alcok

t o treat illnesses. T h e w o r d alcohol is
in a hospital overnight?
originally an Arabic word.
a bone?
In 977 o n e of t h e b i g g e s t hospitals jnth

w o r l d w a s f o u n d e d in Baghdad. Moretha
20 d o c t o r s p e r f o r m e d operations there,
Grammar
break
have
stay
Could / couldn't, had to /

didn't hove to
The world of Arab medicine is also

responsible for the translation and
preservation of important medical work;
Do you ...
a c h e c k - u p with your doctor?
by A n c i e n t Greeks, s u c h as Hippocrates.
the dentist? How often?

any pills?
go for
take
visit
4 Work in pairs and practise reading the

text. Each person reads one line each. Pay 1
attention to the word stress.
Are you afraid o f . . .
Reading
injections?
to hospital?
ill?
become
go
have
1 The words in the box are from a text

called Milestones of "modern medicine. Check
you understand what they mean.
2 Choose one question from each box.

Work in pairs and ask each other the
questions.
Pronunciation
ipr
1 Put these words into groups with the

same number of syllables. Then mark the
stressed syllable.
alcohol
medical
pharmacy
^ -n
f
I
Arabic
operation
preservation
hospital
originally
translation
2 "'S* 2,66 Listen and follow Arab influences

on medicine to check your answers. What
do you notice about the last syllable of the
words?
3 2 2.6 Listen and repeat the words
from exercise 1.
Avicenna, Prince of
Physicians (980-1037)
Unit 9 Health
anaesthesia
disease
antibiotics
DNA
vaccines
2 What do you think the text is about?

Choose one answer,
a important discoveries in medicine
b the most serious diseases in medicine
c a competition between doctors
3
2.68 Read and listen to the text on
page 105 and check your prediction.
sentences with the names of the milestones.
1
2
3
4
5
6
helped identify many diseases.

reduced deaths from dirty wrater.
reduced deaths by infection.

helped doctors with operations.
w a s i n v e n t e d to t r e a t rabies.
were discovered by accident.
5 The British Medical Journal asked doctor:

to vote for the most important milestone.
Which do you think won?
F tness
Part 3
Vocabulary
Sport
Vocabulary
Reading
Reading
1 L o o k at p i c t u r e s a - i . W h a t s p o r t s d o t h e y
go with?
1 D o y o u w a t c h t h e O l y m p i c Games?
D o y o u k n o w w h e n t h e n e x t Olympic
G a m e s a r e ? D o y o u k n o w w h e r e they are?
Tell a p a r t n e r .
Olympic ...
Grammar
2 L o o k at t h e e x a m p l e s a n d c o m p l e t e t h e
t a b l e w i t h t h e n a m e s of s p o r t s f r o m e x e r c i s e
Past perfect
1.
Speaking
Play
Sports questionnaire
do
squash
jogging
aerobics
3 R e a d t h e clues. W h a t s p o r t is it."
2 Q u i c k l y r e a d t h e texts a b o u t the
O l y m p i c s o n p a g e 107. W h a t is the best way!
t o c o m p l e t e t h e title?
a winners
c losers
b dreams
d records
3 R e a d t h e texts a g a i n . W h a t d o you
t h i n k h a p p e n e d n e x t ? W r i t e a sentence in
e a c h g a p . T h e n c o m p a r e y o u r ideas with a
partner.
This is a team sport. You play this sport
4 T u r n t o p a g e 130 t o c h e c k y o u r answers.]
outside. There are eleven players in the
5 D o y o u k n o w a n y i n t e r e s t i n g sport
stories?
team. You have to pass the ball to other

players with your foot. You have to kick
the ball into the goal to get a point. You
mustn't t o u c h the ball with your hands.
4 W o r k i n pairs. C h o o s e a s p o r t f r o m this
p a g e a n d w r i t e s o m e c l u e s f o r it. U s e t h e
w o r d s i n t h e b o x to h e l p y o u .
dive
goal
hit
kick
ride
run
hole
throw
individual
wear
We win a game, competition, election

or prize.
She won the gold medal.
We beat someone in a game, competition
or election.
He beat the other runners in the event.

word.
1
She always beats / wins me at tennis.
He beat / won his first race when he was

twelve years old.
Russia beat / won the USA for the gold

medal.
I don't think I can beat / win him. He's too
good.
We were beaten / won. The other team
was better.
4
5
Unit 9 Fitness
Grammar
Ramzan continued but the other
swimmers
bad stopped.
He didn't win the race because the
officials
had helped him .
use the past perfect to talk about an

event in the past that happened before
another event or before a specific time
in the past
I Complete the texts w i t h the c o r r e c t
words.
couldn't go
had lost
told
1992 Olympics, Barcelona, Spain

A few minutes b e f o r e h i s fight, I r a n i a n
boxer Ali Kazemi s u d d e n l y
judges that he
[L_
_ the
in the r i n g . H e
his gloves!
had fallen
had thrown
Short cut - 1904 Olympics, St Louis,

USA American Fred Lorz crossed the finish line
of the Olympic marathon with a tune of 3 hours
and 13 minutes. He had beaten the second runner
by 15 minutes. Lorz looked happy and fresh,
and smiled for the photographers. Just before
they gave him the gold medal, the race officials
arrived to make a complaint. They took away the
medal, and Lorz was banned from races for a year.
A helping hand --1908 Olympics,

London, England The Italian Dorando
Pietri was one of the unluckiest marathon runners
When he arrived in the stadium, he was very
tired. The people were cheering, but Pietri
couldn't continue. He fell down and got up
again four times. Finally, around seven metres
from the finish line, he fell down again and
didn't move. Worried officials ran over and
picked htm up. He crossed the finish ling
and won the gold medal. But a few hours
later the Olympic committee had to take
it away from him again. They said
he couldn t be the winner because
lost
1956 Olympics, Melbourne, Australia

Soviet rower Vyacheslav I v a n o v o n l y h a d
his gold medal for a f e w m i n u t e s b e f o r e
lie
it. He was so happy he

the medal into the air and it
into the lake.
2 Write reasons w h y these t h i n g s m i g h t

bve happened. T h e n share y o u r ideas w i t h
i 1 partner.
The athlete stopped r u n n i n g and started
crying.
Maybe she had lost the race. Maybe she had
Speaking
The extra distance

1952 Olympics, Helsinki,
Finland Pakistani
m
swi
Mohammed Ramzan made history
in the 1,500-metre swimming event.
When all the other swimmers had
finished, Ramzan continued going.
He swam an extra 100 metres.
A new Olympic record

2000 Olympics,. Sydney,
Australia
Moussambani of
itorial Guinea became one of
the most lovedathletes of the 2008
games. His race was the 100-metre
freestyle swim. He jumped into
the pool and started swimming
After the first 50 metres he was
very tired. He went more and more
slowly and almost stopped in the
middle of the pool. The officials
worried that he was drowning.
But Moussambani continued and
finally finished the race with a
time of 1 minute and 52 seconds,
the slowest in the history of the
Olympics. Still, Moussambani was
Glossary
1 Look at the sports

questionnaire and write one
more question.
ban (verb) - to say officially that someone is not

allowed to do something
drown (verb) - to sink under water and die
2 Ask other students the questions. I f

someone answers yes, write their name
and ask the follow-up question.
embarrassing (adjective) - making you feel

nervous, ashamed or stupid
official (noun) - someone with an important
position in an organisation
A: Do you play a sport?
hither leg. Maybe she had won.
B: Yes, I do.
i The football match was c a n c e l l e d at the
A: Which sport?
Which sport?
P|ays a sPortw a t c h e s a s p o r t on television.
Which sport?
is a fan of a team.
What team?
has been to a football m a t c h .
When?
An important basketball p l a y e r c o u l d n o t
hates sports.
Why?
play in a game.
used to play a t e a m sport,
When? What sport?
d o e s n ' t d o any sport.
W h y not?
B:
last minute.
: The number one tennis p l a y e r lost the
first match of the t o u r n a m e n t .
Gramirior focus - explanation & more
practice of the p a s ;
perfect on p a g e
Volleyball.
48
Fitness Unit 9
Fitness
Part 4
Speaking
Speaking
A visit t o the d o c t o r
1 L o o k at t h e p i c t u r e s . W h a t d o y o u t h i n k
is h a p p e n i n g ?
Reading & Listening

At the doctor's
Reported statements
2 W o r k in pairs. C h o o s e o n e of t h e
p i c t u r e s a n d p r e p a r e a s h o r t d i a l o g u e to g o
w i t h it.
Vocabulary
3 P r e s e n t y o u r d i a l o g u e t o a n o t h e r pair.
Grammar
Say, tell a n d ask
Reading and Listening

Speaking
1 ^JSf 2.69 R e a d a n d listen to t h e d i a l o g u e

b e t w e e n a d o c t o r a n d h i s p a t i e n t . W h a t is
the good news and the bad news?
Fitness questionnaire
rSL.
2 Cover the dialogue and try to remember.

W h a t did the doctor say . . .
1 about red meat? 4 about exercise?
2 a b o u t salt?
s about work?
3 about coffee?
3 d b 2.70 L i s t e n t o M r C a r t w r i g h t t a l k i n g
t o h i s w i f e a b o u t his doctor's a p p o i n t m e n t .
W h a t i n f o r m a t i o n is t h e s a m e a n d w h a t is
different?
= Doctor
P = Patient
Ah yes. Mr Cartwright. Please sit
<
D: I'm afraid so, Mr Cartwright. I'm

afraid so.
down. How are you feeling?
P: I see.
I'm fine, thanks.
D: You can't eat any more red meat.
I have the results of your tests.
It's really not g o o d for your heart.
Oh good!
P: Oh.
Hm.
D: You also have to stop putting salt
What's the matter?
on your food.
P: Is that all?
D: No. You also need to d o exercised
have a daily exercise plan for you
here.
Well, there's g o o d news and bad
P: Er. No meat, no salt.
P: Every day?
news. G o o d news and bad news.
D: That's right. The other thing is
D: That's right, Mr. Cartwright. Daily
Give me the bad news first.

The bad news is, well, you aren't
very fit. A n d you need to change
your eating habits.
P: Do you mean a diet?
coffee. Do you drink coffee?

P: Um, yes. Four or five c u p s a day
actually.
D: Yes, well, only one c u p of coffee
a day from now on. One cup of
coffee. And no sugar in the coffee,
either.
Unit 9 Fitness
means every day.

P: What's the g o o d news doctor?
D: The g o o d news is that you are
healthy enough to go back
to work. You can start again
tomorrow!
P: Oh.
Grammar
'You are healthy.' She said I was healthy.
Vocabulary
1 C o m p l e t e the s t o r y w i t h say, tell or ask.
'You can eat some red meat.'' She said I could
I went to the d o c t o r last week.
tat some red meat.
He
' use reported speech to say w h a t

another person said
in reported speech, the v e r b o f t e n g o e s
one tense back
present simple
past s i m p l e
present continuous
past c o n t i n u o u s
present perfect
past p e r f e c t
past simple
past p e r f e c t
other words such as p r o n o u n s can also
change in reported speech
him I didn't feel very well.
He gave me some pills.

First, he
htm the test results'
I said I was fine.

She said that I wasn't v e r y fit.
I She told me that I couldn't eat a n y m o r e
red meat.
t She told me that I also n e e d e d to do
some exercise.
: 1 Change these sentences to r e p o r t e d
speech.Then decide w h o said e a c h one: the
doctor or the patient.
Tve felt very ill for the last five days.'
Die patient s aid he'd felt very ill for the last five
days.
II 'You don't have a fever.'
B Tve ordered some m o r e tests.'
\ i Tm not feeling very well at the m o m e n t . '
14 'Going to work isn't a g o o d idea.'
|l 1 can give you a sick note.'
[( 1 have a bad headache.'
>

practice of reported statements on page 148
m e I should take one
green pill with a glass of water w h e n I got

up.
Then he
'Take one red pill with a
glass of water after lunch.'

Finally, he
that I should take a blue
pill with a glass of water before bed.

I
the doctor 'What's the matter
with me?'
He
[1 Change the sentences to direct

| speech. Then check y o u r a n s w e r s in the
conversation on page 108.
|The doctor told me she had the test results.
me ' H o w d o you feel?'
me that I wasn't drinking
enough water.
2.71 L i s t e n a n d c h e c k y o u r a n s w e r s .
3 C o m p l e t e the r u l e s w i t h say, tell or ask.

a
a l w a y s takes an object s u c h as
b
c
me, him, her, the people.
n e v e r takes an object.
_ - c a n take an object, b u t doesn't
h a v e to.
Speaking
1 C h o o s e f o u r of t h e s e questions. T h e n
w o r k in pairs a n d discuss the q u e s t i o n s .
D o y o u do a n y exercise?
D o y o u p r e f e r to exercise a l o n e or w i t h
friends?
D i d y o u do a sport w h e n y o u w e r e
younger? W h i c h one?
W h a t are the best w a y s to k e e p fit?
D o you have a family doctor? W h a t ' s
their name? H o w long have y o u been a
patient?
W h a t food d o y o u t h i n k is t h e
healthiest?
D o c h i l d r e n in y o u r c o u n t r y g e t
e n o u g h exercise?
2 W o r k w i t h a n e w partner. R e p o r t t w o
t h i n g s y o u l e a r n t f r o m y o u r first partner.
U s e said or told plus r e p o r t e d s p e e c h .
Fitness Unit 9
Function globally describing
Warm up
Read the label. Find words or phrases with these meanings.
1
2
3
4
5
takes away pain for a short period of time (4 words)

a woman who is going to have a baby (1 word)
a s k (1 word)
don't let children touch this ( 6 words)
might make you feel tired or sleepy (3 words)
How to read a
drug label
Active ingredient
Acetaminophen 500g
Uses
Temporarily relieves minor pains due to
headache
backache
the common cold
toothache
Warnings
Do not use with alcohol. If you are
pregnant, consult a doctor before use.
Keep out of reach of children. May
Language focus: talking about illness

Listen to the conversation again and complete the phrases
with one or more words.
cause drowsiness.
Directions
Adults and children 12 years and older.
Take two tablets every four to six hours
as needed. Do not take more than 8
tablets in 24 hours.
I
We
for a sore throat.

this syrup or these tablets.
better?
How many
?
How often
?
before mealtimes,
allergic to any
I'm afraid
a prescription for that.
You a doctor if
Listening
Speaking
2.72 Listen to a conversation in a pharmacy. What is

the man's problem? What does he buy?
0
cough syrup
ft |
sn
asfflr
tablets
A Look at the audioscript on page 157 and practise the

conversation. Then create a similar conversation with
different information.
B Roleplay a visit to the pharmacy. Use the new
expressions you have learnt.
A: you are visiting another country. You don't feel well.
Think of your s y m p t o m s .
B: you w o r k in a pharmacy. Listen to A and suggest
antibiotics
something for the problem.
ItSbsiSIIS
Sports English
by David Crystal
Sports commentary is very familiar these days but it only arrived with the start of radio and television
broadcasting. The term sports announcer
commentator in the UK and sportscaster
British term, sports commentator,
was first used in 1923, soon followed by
sporting
in the US. The m o d e r n
Glossary
dates from the 1930s.
above-average (adjective) - good, better than normal

5 Sports commentating sounds easy, but it's difficult to do well,
discipline (noun) - a subject or sport
especially on radio, where a long silence can mean disaster. Detailed

knowledge of the sport, keen observational skills, the ability to t h i n k
on your feet, and above-average linguistic skills are essential. To
keen (adjective) - very strong
make the job easier, c o m m e n t a t o r s can use 'tricks of the trade' such
10 as formulaic expressions. In horse racing there are certain things
commentators always say at particular m o m e n t s such as They're
formulaic expression (noun) - an expression that has been used

lots of times before
off!,
in the lead, and into the straight they come. This means there is less
for them to remember and it helps with fluency.
linguistic blend (noun) - a mixture of two or more words

neologism (noun) - a new word or expression, or an existing word
with a new meaning
sports commentator (noun) - a person whose job is to give a
description of a sporting event on television or radio as it happens.
Each sport has its own style, reflecting the atmosphere and
<5 momentum, from the wild excitement of football {It's a GO-O-O-AL)
to the
quiet tones of snooker. There's distinctive grammar and vocabulary too.

Commentaries are the perfect place to find the English present tense, both
simple and continuous (he's looking for a chance ... he scores ...), and
incomplete sentences (Beckham to Kaka ... back to Beckham
...).
Jo But if you're looking for new vocabulary, you'll find more in the keep-fit
disciplines, such as yoga (with its hundreds of w o r d s taken from Sanskrit),
Pilates (with its unusual pronunciation taken from the name of its founder,
Joseph Pilates, 'puh-lah-teez'). and the combination of yoga and Pilates
yoga/afes. And that's just t h e t i p of t h e i c e b e r g of new linguistic blends. If
25 you're into exertainment
(exercise + entertainment) you'll know about the
many kinds of exergaming
(exercise + gaming). The neologisms keep your
tongue linguistically fit too.
Warm u p
Language focus
Read the definition of sports commentator. A r e t h e r e a n y

well-known sports c o m m e n t a t o r s i n y o u r c o u n t r y ? W h a t
are they famous for?
1 L o o k at t h e e x p r e s s i o n s in bold in t h e text. A n s w e r t h e
questions below.
Heading
Read the text Sports English. T i c k ( ) t h e t o p i c s t h a t a r e
mentioned. There are t w o t o p i c s y o u d o n o t n e e d ,
different words for s p o r t
l sports commentary
style of speaking
i winners and losers
English grammar
I new vocabulary
J Read the text again a n d find e x a m p l e s o f . . .
something you need to b e a g o o d s p o r t s c o m m e n t a t o r ,
i a'formulaic expression' t h a t h e l p s c o m m e n t a t o r s s o u n d
more fluent.
ffl example of an i n c o m p l e t e s e n t e n c e u s e d i n sports,
i a'keep-fit' sport,
a neologism.
t I f y o u think on your feet, y o u . . .
a are a very quick runner,

b h a v e g o o d i d e a s a n d m a k e d e c i s i o n s quickly,
c get nervous in a difficult situation.
2 If w e s a y s o m e t h i n g is the tip of the iceberg, it m e a n s . . .
a t h e r e is a l o t m o r e o f it t h a t y o u c a n ' t see.
b t h e r e is o n l y a little b i t o f it.
c i t is a v e r y d a n g e r o u s t h i n g .
2 P u t e a c h o f t h e e x p r e s s i o n s i n t o a n e x a m p l e of y o u r o w n .
Tell a partner.
Speaking
W o r k in pairs and ask each other the questions.
D o y o u e n j o y l i s t e n i n g to c o m m e n t a t o r s ?
W h a t s p o r t s d o y o u l i k e to w a t c h ?
D o you do any
exergaming?
Writing
an online post
Reading
Writing skills: giving examples
1 Read the question from an online forum. T h e n read

D a r i n a ' s r e s p o n s e a n d t i c k (%/) t h e s u g g e s t i o n s s h e m a k e s .
W e u s e for example, for instance o r like t o g i v e examples.
d o exercise at home
go on a diet
join a gym
1 F i n d t h r e e p l a c e s i n D a r i n a ' s a n s w e r w h e r e she couldi

o n e of t h e s e p h r a s e s . W h e r e w o u l d y o u p u t a comma?
go for a walk
have an exercise plan
C o m p l e t e t h e s e n t e n c e s w i t h t h e c o r r e c t phrase.
T r y n o t t o u s e y o u r c a r so m u c h . You c o u l d walk orcydl
to t h e s u p e r m a r k e t ,
W h y not take up a sport
t e n n i s or swimnJH
C o n s i d e r g e t t i n g u p a n h o u r e a r l y t o t a k e exercise.
, y o u c o u l d g o j o g g i n g , o r g o f o r a swim.
spend a long time exercising
take up a new h o b b y
walk or cycle to w o r k
>o
Language focus: giving advice

Health & Fitness Expert
1 L o o k at D a r i n a ' s r e s p o n s e a g a i n a n d u n d e r l i n e the
phrases she uses to give advice.
2
1
2
3
4
5
anyone out there help

please?
Carla
^
Correct the sentences below.

W h y y o u d o n ' t see a d o c t o r ?
C o n s i d e r to go for a long walk.
Y o u c o u l d s t a r t i n g a sport.
Just try be positive.
You s h o u l d to w a t c h less T V .
Preparing to write
1 W o r k i n p a i r s a n d c h o o s e o n e of t h e p r o b l e m s below.
T h i n k of s o m e s o l u t i o n s .
2 W o r k w i t h a n o t h e r p a i r w h o c h o s e t h e s a m e problem.
D i d t h e y t h i n k of t h e s a m e s o l u t i o n s as y o u ?
I feel t i r e d all t h e t i m e .
I ' m h a v i n g p r o b l e m s g e t t i n g to s l e e p at n i g h t .
M y s e v e n - y e a r - o l d s o n loves fast f o o d a n d unhealthy
snacks. H o w c a n I g e t h i m to h a v e a m o r e h e a l t h y diet!
Writing
W r i t e a n o n l i n e r e s p o n s e like D a r i n a ' s to g i v e advice. Use
y o u r notes and the useful phrases below to help you.
Suggesting alterna
Instead o f . . . , you could ...
D o n ' t . . . ; ... instead!
Alternatively, you could ...
2 D o y o u d o a n y of t h e t h i n g s t h a t D a r i n a s u g g e s t s ?
W h i c h d o y o u t h i n k is t h e b e s t s u g g e s t i o n ?
Unit 9 Writing
Most importantly, you should ...
Global review
Study ski
Grammar
Using your dictionary: exploring

collocations
1 Put bad to, didn't have to, could or couldn't in the gaps.
1 I broke my leg so I
s weeks, and I
! I
bones.
stay in hospital for six
walk for two months.
C o l l o c a t i o n s a r e w o r d s w h i c h are o f t e n u s e d
have an X-ray because I hadn't broken any
2 Complete the sentences with the past simple or past

perfect form of the verbs in brackets.
Before the world
the Arabs
1 I.
(develop) modern medicine,

(found) many hospitals.
(feel) sick b e c a u s e I
(eat) too
together.
catch a cold
a sore throat
(not t a k e a c o l d )
(not a h u r t t h r o a t )
1 L o o k a t t h e s e e n t r i e s i n t h e Mac?nillan Essential
Dictionary. N o t i c e h o w t h e d i c t i o n a r y g i v e s i n f o r m a t i o n
about collocations.
much chocolate.
health (noun)
1 the condition of your body, especially whether or not

you are ill: His health improved once he stopped working. She's
had serious health problems. Lola is 85 and still in very good
health. Myfather has been in poor health for some time.
3 Complete the sentences to report the conversation.

i A: You're working too hard and you don't take enough
| exercise.
I The doctor told me I
! B: I'll give up my job and take up jogging.
I said I
Adverbs often used with ill

critically, dangerously, desperately, gravely, seriously,
Vocabulary
severely + ill: used for saying that someone is very ill
Complete the sentences with the correct word.

beat
matter
feel
see
have
sore
have
hurts
take
won
II You look ill - what's the

?
k 1sick.
[ I I've got a
throat.
h You should
a doctor.
Is I have to
an operation.
I _ a fever.
[! My back
[I You should
two aspirin.
He
me at table tennis.
o
i Manchester United . _
- the football match.
2 W o r k i n p a i r s . T r y t o g u e s s w h i c h v e r b is not u s e d
w i t h each n o u n below. T h e n c h e c k in a dictionary.
b do
c make d take
exercise
a get
b build c g e t
d be
fit
a keep
b see
c order d send for
a call
a doctor
c m a k e d relieve
a cause b feel
pain
3 C o m p l e t e the sentences with the correct option.
T h e n c h e c k y o u r answers in a dictionary.
1
2
3
4
I h a v e a strong / heavy c o l d t o d a y .
H e w a s strongly / violently s i c k l a s t n i g h t .
I h a d a heavy / splitting h e a d a c h e y e s t e r d a y .
S h e i s a heavy /strong s m o k e r .
4 U s e y o u r dictionary to answer the questions.
Speaking and W r i t i n g
1 Y o u c a n catch a cold. W h a t e l s e c a n y o u catch?
I Work in pairs. Tell e a c h o t h e r a b o u t a r a c e , m a t c h o r

| spotting event you have s e e n . T h e n w o r k i n a n e w p a i r a n d
j report what your partner t o l d y o u .
2 Y o u c a n h a v e a healthy diet. W h a t o t h e r a d j e c t i v e s g o
II Work in groups of four. W r i t e d o w n a r e a l o r i n v e n t e d

problem. Then swap y o u r p a p e r s a n d w r i t e a d v i c e u s i n g
mi,shouldn't, must o r mustn't. W h o g a v e y o u t h e b e s t
idvice?
w i t h diet}
3 Y o u c a n h a v e a sore throat. W h a t e l s e c a n b e sore?
4 Y o u c a n recoverfroman illness. W h a t e l s e c a n y o u
recover from}
Remember to record collocations, not just words,
in y o u r v o c a b u l a r y n o t e b o o k .
Port 1
Reading & Listening
Reading and Listening
Vocabulary
1 Look at the book cover and read the

introduction to Brave new words on page 115.
What do you think the book is about?
1 Work in pairs. Look at the pictures belo|

and read the captions. Try to guess the
meanings of the words in bold.
Brave n e w w o r d s
Vocabulary
N e w words in
context
2 ;S 5 2.73 Listen to an interview with the

author of the book. Number the topics in
the order you hear them.
Grammar
Defining relative
clauses
Writing
Definitions g a m e
abbreviations
borrowing words
combining parts of words
combining words
giving new meanings to words
brunch
DVD
virus
mouse
tsunami
windows
4 Can you think of any new words in your

language? What are they? W h a t do they
mean?
a kind of car that produces carbon

the amount of greenhouse gases that an
activity produces
a Japanese love story which is written for
women
to search for something on the internet usii
the search engine Google
a number game from Japan which is now
popular in English newspapers
questions.
""
John tried to google information

about Kenya for his next holiday.
Unit 10Grammarfocus
It could be a kind of
2 Match the words in exercise 1 to the

definitions below. There are two definition!
you don't need.
3 Listen again and match the example

words to the categories in exercise 2.
text messages
Maybe it means ...
Do you ever google information on the v

Have you ever googled your own name!
Have you ever done a sudoku puzzle?
W h a t are some ways of reducing your
carbon footprint?
SETHI
WKKM
His carbon footprint is bigger than yours.
Susan missed her stop because she

was trying to finish her sudoku.
words
Grammar
Kerr}' Maxwell is someone who has written
Us about new words in English.
Tsunami is a Japanese word which has become
ml my frequently in English.
Brunch is a meal that people Can have at 11
1 'clock in the morning.
use relative clauses to give information
about something or somebody
ifwe are talking about a person, we use
who or that
ifwe are talking about an object, we
use which or that
The English language is a dynamic

phenomenon. Like your mobile phone or
the grass in the garden, it is continually
changing, constantly acquiring new
characteristics. Many of these changes
occur because of the way we live. As the
world changes we need to find different
ways of describing it, to fill the gaps in
our vocabulary for new ideas.
pairs. What is the correct

iition of each word?
A Language Lover's Guide

to the 21st Century
Kerry Maxwell
Kerry Maxwell is a lexicographer - a

person who writes dictionaries. She has
worked on many dictionary projects,
including the Macmillan
Dictionary.
English
She lives in England.
Writing
Work in pairs and choose one of the boxes.
You are going to write definitions for some
new words.
B
blog
Spanglish
|Grammor focus - explanation & more

jctice of defining clauses on page 150
R A V E
N E W
W O R D S
Kerry Maxwell
An emoticon is ...
pork in
Some of these words will stay in

our vocabulary, others won't. Only time will tell. But
the ways we make new words will
continue, and will create many more
new expressions in years to come.
Complete the definitions with who or
a symbol
is used in email
I messages to show emotion.
b a strong emotion
people have
about computers.
c a person
__ doesn't show their
emotions,
i mternaut i s .
11 a person
__ works for a short time
in an office.
fb a game
. people play on the
internet,
a person
_ spends a lot of time
on the internet.
I Hinglishis...
II a person
comes from the
I country Hingland.
k a language
is a mixture of
I English and Hindi.
clothing from India
you wear
I on your head.
m f e m
metrosexual
spam
Turn to page 129
Turn to page 127
New Unit 10
||
Port 2
Vocabulary
Places
Reading
Vocabulary
1 Put the words in order from small to
large. Use your dictionary to help you.

sentences with the same place names.
is not part of the US.
is very big and dry.
was nearly destroyed.
has many people who travel I
somewhere else for work or school.
was a Dutch colony.
was visited by Vikings.
N e w places in a n e w
world
capital
city
continent
planet
state / province
country
town
village
Grammar
planet
D e f i n i t e a r t i c l e (the)
Speaking
Famous quotes
2 Circle the word that does not belong in

each group of words.
Africa
Dallas
Mars
California
Tokyo
Asia
Italy
Jupiter
Canada
Liverpool
Armenia
Frankfurt
Singapore
Washington
Paris
3 Choose a word from exercise 1 and write

down some examples. Then include a word
that does not belong. Work in pairs and tell
each other your words. Say the odd one out.
Reading
1 Work in pairs. How many places in
North America can you write down in one
minute? Compare your list with another
pair.
2 Read New places in a new world on page
117 and write the names in the correct
places.
New Jersey
Newfoundland
Unit 10Grammarfocus
New Mexico
New World
New Orleans
New York
4 Find words in the text with these

meanings.
1
2
3
4
a p l a c e w h e r e s o m e t h i n g is born
to start a c i t y or o r g a n i s a t i o n
v e r y special or u n u s u a l
to t r a v e l r e g u l a r l y to a n d f r o m work
5 Do you know any other place names t

begin with the word New? What are they:
New is a very general word. We sometimes

use words with more specific meanings that
sound more natural in a particular context.
equipment,
computers
advanced, cuttingedge, modern
ideas
innovative, fresh
films, books
latest, recent
something just
bought and never
used
brand new
Replace the word new in the dialogues with) I

more suitable word or phrase.
1 A: Is that your car?
B: Yes, it's new. I bought it yesterday.
2 A: Did you speak to Jeffrey about the
project?
B: Yes, I did. It was very helpful. He has
lot of new ideas.
3 A: What did you see?
B: The new Tarantino film. It was OK,
New places in a new world

In the 15th century Pietro Martyr d'Anghiera, an Italian historian, was the first person to give the
continent of America the name De Orbo Novo, which means the
The prefix New
for cities and regions of North America has since become very popular. Here we collect a few new
places to live.
Grammar
Nicknamed the Big Apple,

. is located in the American state of the same name. It's
probably the most famous city in North America. Founded on Manhattan Island in the 17th century by
the Dutch, it was originally called New Amsterdam.
Look at the highlighted

examples of the in the text
and match them to the
rules a-d below.
We use the when ...
11 there is only one of this
[ person or thing,
b this person or thing has been
referred to before, in the text,
t it is part of a name.
J it is in a superlative phrase.
is a province in Canada. The province is in the east of the country, and the newest one
to join Canada - it joined in 1949. Because of its position it was one of the first parts of North America
that European voyagers discovered. The Vikings arrived here in AD 1000.
One of the largest states in the United States of America,
. is in the south-west of
the country. It is a very dry state, and is covered in mountains and desert. The state was one of
the original Wild West states, and the population is unique for its Spanish, American and Native
American mix.
Capital of the state of Louisiana in the south,.
is famous for its multicultural
history and nightlife. It is the birthplace of jazz. The city went through a dark period in its
history in 2005 when it was almost destroyed by Hurricane Katrina.
Located in the
Because it's
hundreds
school
2 Choose the correct words to

complete the texts.
north-east,.
. is one of the original 13 states of the USA.
so close to New York, people sometimes call it the bedroom state as
of thousands of its people commute to and from the city for work or
every day.
New England is a / the region of the / ; United States. It consists of the / - six
states: Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont,
Massachusetts, Rhode Island a n d
Newfoundland
Connecticut. New England w a s one of a /

the first places an / - English people lived in
America in 1620.
v Zealand is a / the country in the Pacific
an. It consists of two islands, a / the
l Island and a / the South Island.
Guinea is an / the island in the Pacific
;ean. It is the / - second largest island in
- world. An / The island is divided into
o parts -the I an Indonesian provinces of
lua and West Papua and the / - country
'apua New Guinea.
| W Grammar focus - explanation & more
| practice of the on page 150
Speaking
|l Work in pairs. Read the i n c o m p l e t e
quotes about America and try to
finish
t h e m with your own ideas. T h e n w o r k w i t h

mother pair and share y o u r ideas.
2 Which are the best quotes? Are they

positive, negative or neutral about America?
J Read the original quotes and find out
; who said them on page 130.
There
I think
the most unAmerican thing
America
is not a black
is a ...
America and a white

America and Latino
you can say

is ...
America and Asian

All great
change in
England
America begins
and America
at the ...
are two countries
America - there's
separated by
a ...
New Unit 10
Port 3
Transport
Pronunciation
Consonant clusters
Reading
O l d but loved: the
Trabant
Grammar
Verb f o r m r e v i e w
Speaking
Driving questionnaire
Pronunciation
1 What different forms of transport can

you see in the pictures?
1 ^S* 2,74 Listen and repeat the consonant]

clusters and words.
2 Which of these forms of transport...

1
2
3
4
have wheels?
go on tracks?
h a v e wings?
h a v e a n engine?
2 ^Sf 2.75 Listen and repeat the sentences!
3 Tick (t/) the correct collocations to

complete the chart.
drive ride
/pi/, plane
/tr/, tracks
/st/, stop
/str/, street
get on
get in
get off
get out
of
a car
a bus
a motorbike
a bicycle
the underground
1 The driver tried to drive the train off the |

tracks.
2 There are still school students at the busl
stop.
3 The station is straight down this street.
4 Please don't play with the plastic planes. I
Reading
1 You are going to read an article about an
old car called the Trabant. Which of these
words do you expect to see?
a plane

questions.
Which of the forms of transportation
have you used?
Which do you prefer?
Are there any forms of transport that you
never use?
cheap
communist
fans
Germany
jokes
nostalgic
pollution
smoke
fly
speed
2
2.76 Read and listen to Old but loved: |
the Trabant on page 119 and check your
answers.
3 Read the text again and find ...
1 three reasons why the Trabant isn't a very I
good car.
2 three reasons that show the Trabant is |
still popular.
4 Work in pairs and discuss the questions.
Have you ever seen a Trabant?
Are there any objects that make you
nostalgic for the past? Which ones?
Unit 10Grammarfocus
Grammar
|1 Look through the text and try to find
examples of the verb forms below.
I
I
I
B
Trabi will have t h e last laugh
regular and i r r e g u l a r p a s t t e n s e v e r b s
a continuous t e n s e t h e p r e s e n t p e r f e c t
going to future
a real conditional
past simple p a s s i v e
EJ Complete the text below with the

[correct form of the verbs.
Q: How do you
double the value
of a Trabant?
A: Put petrol in it.
The M o d e l T
The American Ford automobile c o m p a n y
(exist) since 1903, and is one of the
biggest c a r manufacturers in the world.
.One of its first cars
lit
(be) the Model
(build) by the Ford Motor
[Company from 1908 to 1927. The president of

the company, Henry Ford,
(want) a
carthat was practical and not expensive for the
(American worker. The Model T
(cost)
[around $300 and
(go) up t o 7 0 k m an
pour. It was one of the first cars t o be p r o d u c e d
pan assembly line. By 1930 Ford
produce) more than 10 million Model T cars,
S making it the most popular car in the world.
: As newer cars came out in the 20s and 30s,
[people
(start) making jokes about the
:
Model T. But today there

(be) still fan
clubs of the Model T, and people still
(drive) them at old car shows.
Glossary
exhaust (noun) - gases or steam that
Q: Why is the IVabant's
rear window heated?
A: To keep your hands warm

while you push it.
are produced by an engine as it works

model (noun) - a type of vehicle that a
company makes
nostalgic (adjective) - remembering
happy times in the past
Complete the questions with the correct form of the verbs.

(do) you get your driving licence?
(do) you have a car? W h a t kind?
What
(be) your first car?
W h a t is the fastest you ...
(ever travel) in a car?
W h a t is the furthest you
(ever travel) in a car?
(have) you ever
(have) an accident?
If you
(can have) any kind of car, what
choose)}
(be) the traffic bad where you live?
. (be) it difficult to find parking where you live?
. (be) the best driver in your family?
When
(yo
explanation & more practice of verb forms on page 150
Old
Part 4
Listening
Two classic b o a r d games
Grammar
Both,
neither
Vocabulary
Games
Listening
1 Look at the pictures of two classic board
games. Do you know these games? Have
you ever played them? Tell a partner.
2 fSf 2.77 Listen to a talk about the
invention of these games. How many things
do they have in common?
Pronunciation
Sentence stress &
intonation
3 Listen again. W h a t do these words and

numbers mean?
Speaking
Great Depression
A board g a m e
by hand
200 million
architect
t w o or more
80
750 million +
25
Grammar
Make is a very general word. We sometimes
use words with more specific meanings that
sound more natural in a particular context.
things made in
factories
build, manufacture,
produce
build
buildings
problems, changes, cause, produce,
effects
generate
design, develop,
new things
invent, create
Replace the word make in the sentences with

a more suitable word. More than one answ*er
may be possible.
1 The traffic in the afternoon makes lots of
problems.
They are making a new bank in the centre
of town.
These cars are made in a Korean factory.
Alfred Butts made the game of Scrabble.
We've made a new computer program.
Both games are successful today.

Neither game was successful at first.
Both of them are successful worldwide.
use both to talk about two things. Both
is used with a plural noun and a plural I
verb
use neither to say something negative I
about two things. Neither is used withal;
singular noun and verb
use both of / neither of with a plural
noun or pronoun
1 Work in pairs. Make sentences about j
Scrabble and Monopoly using these prompts!
plus both or neither.
1 games are American
2 inventors didn't have a job
3 games are played on a board
4 games were not accepted by toy
companies at first
5 games are published in over 2 5 languagesl
2 Work in pairs. How many sentences can I
you make with these ideas in three minutes! I
Both of us ...
Neither of us ...
Unit 10Grammarfocus

practice of both & neither on page 1 5 0
Pronunciation
Vocabulary
1 Complete the texts with the words in the
| box.
board
money
dice
miss a turn
points
square
turn
Scrabble
Scrabble is played with letters. Different letters
are worth different
Each player has seven letters per _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
You put the letters on the
and
make words.
The object is to get as many points as
I
possible. If you can't make a word with your

letters, you
Monopoly
In Monopoly, players roll a
and
move their counter around the board.

Each
1 Put the words in the correct order to

make useful game phrases.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
the roll dice

turn it's your
a card pick
turn miss a
again go
highest goes rolls first whoever
your is which piece
cheating no
2
2.78 Listen and check your answers
Then listen and repeat the phrases. Try to
copy the intonation.
Speaking
Work in groups of three or four. You are
going to play a board game. Turn to page
131 and read the rules. Then play the game.
Trivial Pursuit
on the board represents
a property. If you land on someone else's

property, you have to pay them. The object is
to collect property and make
2 Look at the pictures of other classic

board games. Match each sentence to one of
the games.
i The object is to reach the end of the
board first.
! You move a r o u n d t h e b o a r d and answer
questions.
1 There are sixty-four black and white
squares on the board.
The objective is to w i n different coloured
pieces when you answer correctly,
i There are snakes and ladders on the
board. You go d o w n snakes and u p
B ladders.
14 The object is to c a p t u r e your opponent's
I ting.
1 Have you ever played any of these
I games? Do you like them?
I What other board games do you know?
Old Unit 10
warm up
Language rocus: enamg a conversanon
Work in pairs and choose two of the situations below.

Have a one-minute conversation for each situation.
1 Put the words in the correct order to make useful

phrases.
Situations
1
You are strangers. It's very hot outside. A: start talking

to B about the weather.
You are friends. A: you are learning to drive.

Tell B about it.
1 going be I'd better

2 now really I go t o have
2
2.81 Listen and check your answers. Then listen a
repeat the phrases.
3 "Sib 2.82 Listen to the end of five conversations. Whic
words do you hear? Complete the words with the correct
letters.
You work together. A: you are going somewhere special
A: you are the boss. The c o m p a n y is closing. Tell B the
i a
bad news.
2 r
on holiday. Tell B about it.
3 off to rush sorry

4 I be going should
4 w
s a
1
r
3 0 _
Listening
Speaking
1
2.79-2.80 Listen to two conversations. Match each
one to a situation above.

Conversation 1: How does each man feel?
W h y do you think they feel this way?
Conversation 2: Does the woman have good memories of
the past? Why?
A Repeat the warm up activity using the new expressions I

you have learnt.
B Create a conversation using only the words and phrases
in the box. You can use each phrase more than once. Then |
practise the conversation.
Anyway.
Bye.
See you.
Well.
Goodbye.
OK.
Well, I'd b e t t e r . . .
OK, then.
Right.
Yes, of course.
Warm up
Language focus: you
1 Write down three words you have learnt recently.
1 Bea talks about the expression you know. Read about how
we use this expression in the box. Which uses did Bea talk
about?
2 Work in pairs and give definitions for your words,

ry to guess what your partner's words are.
know
Language note: We can use you know
Listening
CS> 2.83-2.89 Listen to seven people talking about their

favourite words and expressions in English. Number them
in the order you hear them.
awesome and legendary

| gorgeous
harmony
...
for emphasis.
It's a difficult
test, you
know.
while w e think about what to say next.

This is a brand new phone. It's a, you know,
Oh my god!
perhaps
you know
video and music and

c
with
when w e are giving extra information about something.

Have you seen my English book? You know,
love
phone
everything.
the black
one.
i 2 Listen again and choose the correct answers.

1 Arthur, from France, likes the expression because he
hears it in songs / movies.
2 Diego, from Italy, thinks there are /aren't a lot of very
interesting words in English.
J Kristina, from Russia, heard people use her favourite
word when they talked about clothes / the weather.
t Elodie, from Switzerland, likes her favourite word
because of the spelling
/pronunciation.
s Semih, from Turkey, says his favourite words make him
feel happy /funny.
i Bea, from England, thinks her favourite words are useful
because they give her time to think / they mean lots of
iifferent things.
t Guy, from England, likes his word because of the sound,
the structure and because it doesn't exist in any other
language / it exists in lots of other languages.
before w e start to talk about a person or thing.

You know
well, it's
the Japanese
restaurant
near the
2 Add you know to the sentences below.

1
2
3
4
5
This is an old card game, (add emphasis)

I don't feel well, (add a headache, sore throat)
He won an Olympic medal, (add emphasis)
I had never heard that before, (begin with You know)
It was a big change in her life, (add she was never the same
again)
Speaking
1 Write down two or three of your favourite words or
expressions in English.
2 Work in small groups. Tell each other about your
favourite English words or expressions and why you
like them.
My favourite expression is ...

I like it because ...
I don't know why.
I agree. It's a g o o d word.
thur, France
Una, Russia
I don't know. I don't like it very much.
Diego, Italy
Elodie, Switzerland
Semih, Turkey
school,
closing.
Bea, England
Guy, England
MRtMiii
lip 5
ISBBHI
10 Writing a report on studies
Reading
Writing skills: giving reasons
1 Magdalena's new English teacher has asked her to write

a report on her previous language course. Read her report.
Did she enjoy the course? Why?
Make your writing more interesting by giving reasons usifl

because or as.
Last summer I studied English

for one month in language school
in Oxford. We had classes every
morning for three hours and in the
afternoons we had free time or
went on excursions. My class was
elementary level and there were
twelve students in the class, from
all over the world. I stayed with host
family.
"
We studied book called Move and

sometimes we played games and
lis tened to songs. We did a lot
of speaking and listening activities and we did some grammar
exercises as well. There was study centre in the school.
Sometimes I worked there in the afternoons.
I enjoyed the course very much. I really liked speaking with my
classmates and our teacher was very patient and kind. I wasn't
so keen on studying grammar. I think I made progress in my
speaking, but I should try to speak more. I also need to improve
my grammar and writing.
- m o n t h c o u r s e at
_ level. She has w o r k e d hard, b o t h in class a n d after

class in t h e
in her
She has m a d e g o o d progress, especially

However, she c o u l d still i m p r o v e this, a n d also
needs t o w o r k o n her
school in
English for one month in
language
school in
3 ... b e c a u s e t h e classes w e r e a l w a y s v a r i e d a n d never

boring.
4 . . . as I a m q u i t e shy.
5 ... as I still m a k e a lot of m i s t a k e s .
Complete the sentences with a reason.
I want to improve my English as .
Sometimes studying English is difficult because
Preparing to write
Work in pairs and make notes about your present English
course. Use the useful phrases below to help you. Follow
this format:
number of students)
Paragraph 2: what you did during the course
Paragraph 3: feelings about the course, progress and
areas to improve
ng
gu
I really enjoyed speaking but I wasn't so keen on

grammar.
I need to improve my reading / writing / study skills.
I made progress in my listening / writing / grammar.

English for one month in a
language
Oxford.
Find three more places where Magdalena forgot to use a or

an, and correct them.
Unit 10 Writing
1 ... because I wanted to practise speaking outside the

class.
2 ... as this was a good way to practise on my own.
I need to extend my vocabulary / work on my

pronunciation.
She should write:

I studied
1 Put these reasons in the correct places in Magdalena's I

report.
We did a lot of / s o m e grammar exercises / games /

communicative activities.
Oxford.
Last summer
English.
We did a lot of / some listening / speaking activities.
We use a or an when we write about a singular noun for the

first time. Magdalena wrote:
I studied
my
Descr
and
Language focus: a / an for new

information
Last summer
improve
course as / because I wanted to
Paragraph 1: information about the course (level, length,
2 Fill in Magdalena's end-of-course report.

M a g d a l e n a has c o m p l e t e d a
I enrolled on a language
I should try to speak more / be more accurate.
Writing
Write a report like Magdalena's for your next English
teacher. Use your notes to help you. Check your report for
a / an and correct past tense forms.
Global review
Grammar
Evaluating your pronunciation
The writer of this text has forgotten to use the eleven times.
Put it in the correct places.
1 W o r k i n p a i r s a n d discuss t h e q u e s t i o n s .
1 H o w would y o u describe your pronunciation
of E n g l i s h ?
a I speak like a native speaker.
t> M y p r o n u n c i a t i o n is g e n e r a l l y c l e a r a n d
comprehensible
c I have a noticeable accent but m y pronunciation is
mostly comprehensible,
d I h a v e a s t r o n g a c c e n t a n d a m s o m e t i m e s h a r d to
understand.
2 H o w w o u l d y o u l i k e y o u r p r o n u n c i a t i o n to b e ?
3 W h i c h of t h e s e a r e a s of p r o n u n c i a t i o n h a v e y o u
s t u d i e d in this class?
a vowel sounds
f s e n t e n c e stress
b consonant sounds
g rhythm
c consonant clusters
h intonation
d w o r d stress
e the relationship between sounds and spellings
4 W h i c h a r e a is t h e s t r o n g e s t f o r y o u ?
s W h i c h area do y o u need to w o r k on most?
China is largest country in East Asia. Population of China is over 1.3

billion, and capital city is Beijing. One of most famous buildings in
Beijing is Forbidden City. This is where last Emperor of China lived,
and today it is visited by millions of tourists every year.
Sport is very popular in China, and 2008 Olympic Games were held
in Beijing. Every morning many people practise qigong and tai chi
chuan in city's parks. Go is another famous game that was invented in
China. It is played with counters on a board, and objective is to control
largest part of board.
Vocabulary
Complete the puzzle by reading the clues.
W o r k in pairs. A n s w e r t h e q u e s t i o n s .
W h i c h is y o u r f a v o u r i t e E n g l i s h s o u n d ?
W h i c h is y o u r least f a v o u r i t e ?
W h i c h s o u n d d o y o u find m o s t d i f f i c u l t t o
pronounce?
2
1
2
3
1 I've just bought a
new washing machine.
2 A fast form of public transport in a city,
i Too much traffic can
pollution.
4 We should try to reduce our carbon
s You put your counters on this to play Scrabble.
1' You have to
on a bus before you travel.
I When everyone else has played, it is your
b How do you get to work? I
a motorbike.
3 W h i c h of t h e s e s t r a t e g i e s f o r i m p r o v i n g
pronunciation have you tried?
*
Practise reading a short text aloud. Record

it a n d l i s t e n t o it, o r a s k a f r i e n d t o l i s t e n a n d
comment.
Repeat t h e lines f r o m a DVD or a s o n g .
Use a pronunciation b o o k and CD.
Work in small groups. Describe a long journey you

lave made and list what you had to do. Who used the most
[forms of transport?
Work in pairs and find three new words you have learnt
gn this book. Then complete the definitions.
H
H
This is a person who

This is a place where
This is a thing which
Workwith another pair and read your definitions. Try to

Bss the words.
P r a c t i s e r e p e a t i n g t h e p r o n u n c i a t i o n of n e w
w o r d s with an electronic dictionary such as the
M a c m i l l a n English Dictionary.
C h o o s e a n a r e a of p r o n u n c i a t i o n o r a s o u n d y o u
w a n t t o i m p r o v e . F o c u s o n it f o r a f e w m i n u t e s
e v e r y d a y w h e n y o u are s p e a k i n g .
Other ideas.
4 C o m p a r e your ideas with a partner and decide h o w

y o u can improve y o u r pronunciation. W h a t will y o u try?
Communication activities
en
Unit 1, Speaking (page 11)
Unit 2, Reading (page 18)
1 Complete the questions with the correct word do or are.
1 Read the text about vegemite. Are there any interesting

or surprising facts in the text? Write them down.
2 Ask your partner the questions.
2 Read the text again. Write down a few key words to Ml

you tell your partner about the text.
3 Answer your partner's questions.
Family questions
3 Tell your partner about vegemite.
you have a big family?

How many brothers and sisters
you have?
you have family in other countries?
you in touch with them?

How often
you in touch with your
grandparents or grandchildren?
you have family reunions? How often?
Vegemite
Vegemite is a dark brown food paste from Australia. You can put it on
sandwiches, toast or crackers. It tastes salty and bitter and is not very popular
in the world except in Australia and New Zealand. Vegemite has strong cultural
associations in those countries, and many say it is a comfort food. Vegemite
has very high levels of vitamin B, and during the 1940s the Australian army
bought large amounts of it for the soldiers. According to the Prime Minister of
Australia's website, Vegemite is 'the taste of Australia' and some Australians
even take a jar with them when they travel to other countries.
jar of vegemite
Glossary
bitter (adjective) - has a strong sharp taste that is not sweet
jar (noun) - a glass container for food, with a lid and a wide
opening
paste (noun) - a food that is made by crushing meat, fish or
vegetables
Communication activities: Student A
Unit 6, Grammar (page 69)

1 Write the q u e s t i o n s f o r n u m b e r s 1 - 5 o f t h e q u i z .
Use the c o m p a r a t i v e f o r m o f t h e a d j e c t i v e .
Which is faster, the speed of light or the speed of
sound?
2 Work with a s t u d e n t f r o m g r o u p B . A s k y o u r q u e s t i o n s .
3 Listen to q u e s t i o n s 6 - 1 0 a n d t r y t o a n s w e r t h e m .
Write the correct a n s w e r s i n t h e t a b l e .
Column A
microscope
2 speed of light
Column B
Answer
modern?
X-ray
microscope
fast?
speed of sound
speed of light
theory that Earth is round
theory that the Earth is round
old?
theory of gravity
oil
expensive?
coal
hydrogen
heavy?
nitrogen
oil, but coal is more polluting
Jupiter
Saturn
100T
100C
one metre
one yard
one megabyte
one gigabyte
10
-40 F
-40C
"6
7
^HSSS
nitrogen is more than 10

times heavier than hydrogen
Unit 9, Vocabulary (page 102)
Unit 10, Writing (page 115)
' Watch your partner a n d g u e s s w h a t ' s w r o n g .
1 Read the definitions of the new words. Copy them down

and then write two incorrect definitions for each word.
I Mime the symptoms b e l o w . Y o u r p a r t n e r m u s t g u e s s

hat's wrong.
jl You have a headache.
I Your wrist hurts. /You h a v e a s o r e w r i s t ,
[i You're sneezing.
I Your back hurts. / You've g o t a s o r e b a c k .
2 Work with a pair who chose different words. Read out

your words and definitions.
3 Listen to the other pair's words and definitions and try
to guess which is correct.
A blog is a diary or journal which is on the internet.
Spanglish is a language which is a mixture of Spanish and
English.
Communication activities
1 C o m p l e t e the q u e s t i o n s w i t h t h e c o r r e c t w o r d do or are.
2 Answer your partners questions.

3 Ask your partner the questions.
Friends questions

1 R e a d t h e text a b o u t p o p u l a r c o m f o r t food for raena
w o m e n . A r e t h e r e a n y i n t e r e s t i n g or surprising facts in till
text? W r i t e t h e m d o w n .
2 R e a d t h e text a g a i n . W r i t e d o w n a few k e y words to M:
y o u tell y o u r p a r t n e r a b o u t the text.
3 Tell y o u r p a r t n e r a b o u t c o m f o r t f o o d in North Ariel
H o w often
y o u talk to y o u r neighbours?
y o u in t o u c h w i t h a n y b o d y y o u w e n t t o
primary school with?
y o u go out with your colleagues from w o r k or

school?
y o u keep in touch with friends b y email, phone,

or f a c e t o face? H o w o f t e n ?
y o u have any online friends or acquaintances?
Comfort food for

men and women
An article published in the American journal, Physiology and Behavior, shows differences between men and
women and their choice of comfort food.
A survey of over 1,000 North Americans found that women often prefer snack-related comfort food while
men prefer more meal-related comfort food. In particular, more women said they liked food like sweets and
chocolate while men liked things such as pizza, pasta, steak or casseroles. Women often felt guilty and less
healthy than men about their comfort food choices.
The researchers think that the differences between men and women may be because men like hot, prepared
meals (that someone else made) while
women look for easy comfort food that
needs less preparation.
Glossary
casserole (noun) - a deep dish with a lid, used for cooking in:
the oven, or the mixture of food that is cooked
guilty (adjective) - ashamed and sorry because you have done
something wrong
prefer (verb) - to like or want something more than something
else
Unit 6, Grammar (page 69)

1 Write the q u e s t i o n s f o r n u m b e r s 6 - 1 0 of t h e q u i z . U s e t h e
comparative f o r m o f t h e a d j e c t i v e .
Which is further from the sun, Jupiter
or
Saturn?
2 Work w i t h a s t u d e n t f r o m g r o u p A. L i s t e n t o q u e s t i o n s 15
and try to a n s w e r t h e m . W r i t e t h e c o r r e c t a n s w e r s i n t h e t a b l e .
3 Ask your q u e s t i o n s .
Column A
Column B
microscope
X-ray
2 speed of light
speed of sound
3 theory that the Earth is round
theory of gravity
Answer
WmBm
4 oil
coal
5 hydrogen
nitrogen
6 Jupiter
far from
the sun?
Saturn
Saturn
7 100F
hot?
100C
100C; 100F is only 37C
8 one metre
long?
one yard
a metre is 1.09 yards
9 one megabyte
big?
one gigabyte
a gigabyte
10 -40F
cold?
-40C
they are the same temperature
Unit 9, Vocabulary (page 102}
Unit 1 0 , Writing (page 1 1 5 )
1 Mime the s y m p t o m s b e l o w . Y o u r p a r t n e r m u s t g u e s s
what's wrong.
I You have a t o o t h a c h e .
1 R e a d the definitions of the n e w words. C o p y t h e m d o w n

and then write t w o incorrect definitions for each w o r d .
1 You have a sore leg. / Y o u r l e g h u r t s .

! You're coughing.
( You've got a fever.
2 Watch your p a r t n e r a n d g u e s s w h a t ' s w r o n g .
2 W o r k with a pair w h o chose different words. L i s t e n to

t h e i r w o r d s a n d d e f i n i t i o n s a n d t r y t o g u e s s w h i c h is c o r r e c t .
3 Read out your words and definitions.
A metrosexual is a y o u n g m a n w h o e n j o y s g o o d c l o t h e s ,
an attractive h o m e and a good personal appearance.
Spam a r e e m a i l s t h a t a r e s e n t t o m a n y p e o p l e a n d a r e n o t
wanted.
Additional materia
Unit 2 , Function globally (page 26)
BARNABY'S
CAFE
V u t e n
P*T
*
n P E
Please wait to be seated.
* Choose from our large

self service buffet.
Pizza (choose your own toppings) '

Mushrooms
;;////;;
Salaml
Cheese
seafood.
for
Tomato
Gên or Red Pepper
Drinks
Cola
Water
G m ? /
Ask your
s h
V e g e t a r i a n lasagne
-r
Traditional steak and
Potato
pie
o r
a n d
waiter
recommendations.
* Order your drinks
t o d a y ' s special
Creamofchlckeni,.
or
G r e e n salad
arid
c o f f e e from the waiter
Dessert
I c e
Fresh
cream
fruit
"'
"**
" *
Juice
Unit 1 0 , Speaking (page 1 1 7 )

1 Read the full quotes below. Do you think they are
positive, negative or neutral about America?
2 Do you know any famous quotes about your country?
Tell your partner.

Short cut
He had travelled by car for 11 miles of the marathon!
A helping
hand
... Olympic officials had helped him cross the line.
The extra
distance
Ramzan thought that he hadn't finished the race.
A new Olympic
record
He had never swum in a pool of that size before.
Additional material
4 4 All great change in America begins at the dinner

table.
Ronald Reagan, former US PresidM
4 4 I think the most un-American thing you can say is
'You can't say that'. J J
Garrison Keillor, American writiM
4 4 England and America are two countries separated
by a common language. J J
George Bernard Shaw, Irish writM
4 4 America is a mistake, a giant mistake.
Sigmund Freud, Austrian psychologist.
44 There is not a black America and a white America
and Latino America and Asian America - there's the
United States of America.
Barack Obam a, US PresidentI

Rules
i Play this game in groups of three or four. You need one

coin and one board to play.
! Each person needs a counter. Put the counters on the
square marked Start,
i Decide who is going first.
The first player tosses a coin. If the coin lands heads

up, move your counter forward two squares. If the coin
lands tails up, move your counter forward one square.
If you land on a grey square, follow the instructions.
If you land on a red square, speak in English for one
minute about the topic on the square.
The winner is the person who gets to the end of the
board first.
Unit 1
Word order in question forms
Yes / No questions
Wh- questions
In yes / no questions the verb goes before the subject:

They are from Spain.
Are they from Spain?
Question words (What? Where? Who? When? Why? How?) go at

the start of a question.
Where do you live? When were you born ?
What is your favourite sport?
In present simple or past simple questions, the auxiliary verb do /

did goes before the subject.
She speaks English.
Does she speak English?
She learnt French.
Did she learn French?
What and How questions

Use how and what with nouns and adjectives or adverbs to start
questions.
What pets do you have?
Wljat kind of dog is it?
How expensive was it?
How often do you feed it?
Use like in questions to ask about appearance or personality anil

characteristics.
What does she look like? ~ She's tall and wears glasses.
What's that new restaurant like? - Noisy but the food is good.
Present simple, frequency

Affirmative
Negative
Question
Short answers Yes
Short answers No
I/You/We/They work.
I / You / We /They don't

work.
Do I / you / we / th ey
work?
Yes, I/you/we/they do.
No, I / you / we / they

don't.
He/She /It works.
He/She/It doesn't
work.
Does he/she/it work?
Yes, he/she/it does.
No, he/ she /it doesn't.
Use the present simple to talk about:

habits and routines.
things that are always true.
He gets up at seven o'clock.
The sun rises in the east.
They don't go to bed late.
Water boils at 100C.
We use frequency adverbs and expressions of frequency with the
present simple. Frequency adverbs (always, usually, often, sometimes,
hardly ever, never) go between the subject and the verb, except
with the verb to be.
We always have lunch at I pm.
He is always late for class.
Expressions of frequency ( e v e r y day, twice a week, on Mondays, etc.)

usually go at the end of the sentence. They go at the beginning
the sentence when we want to emphasise when or how often.
We go shopping on
Saturdays.
On Saturdays, we go shopping.
Present continuous
Affirmative
Negative
Question
I am ('m) working. I am ('m) not working. Am I working?

You/We/They are You /We/They are not
('re) working.
(aren't) working.
Are you / we /
they working?
He/She/It is ('s)
working.
Is he/ she/it
working?
Unit 1 Grammar focus
He/She/It is not
(isn't) working.
Use the present continuous to talk about:

things happening now or about now.
We are watching TV.
Em learning
English.
temporary situations.
He is living in London at the moment.
The present continuous is often used with time expressions such
as now, these days, at the moment and this week / month / year.
Some verbs (stative verbs) aren't used in the present continuous:
agree, appear, believe, forget, hate, hear, know, like, love, mean, need,
own, prefer, realise, remember, see, seem, want
Unit
1 Exercises
Word order in question forms

I Decide if these questions are in the correct (V) or incorrect
(X) order. Then correct the mistakes.
1 They are from Japan?
2 Where do your parents live?
3 Did learn you a language at school?
4 Who is your favourite actor?
5 Do like you chocolate?
How many students there are in the class?
Use the words to write the questions.
where horn? Where were you bom?

family from?
speak any languages?
job?
live?
married?
children?
play any sports? _
favourite writers?
like music?
Wfiafand How questions

Write the questions.
How tall is he?

1 What
2 How_
J What__
He's nearly two metres tall.

My car's red.
I'm thirty.
My teacher's tall with short, dark hair.
How WhatHow _
What -
The school is ten kilometres from here.

I have a Visa and an American Express.
It doesn't rain here very often.
She's nice, really friendly.
Present simple, frequency

Put the words in the correct order to make sentences,
his parents / on Sundays / my boyfriend / visits
My boyfriend visits his parents on Sundays.

1 check / every day / their email / they
2 TV / in the daytime / watch / hardly ever / we
i goes / once a week / she / to the cinema
meet / at weekends / sometimes / I / colleagues from work

all evening / spends / he / on the internet / often
usually / my wife / before me / gets up
for a meal / go out / we / every Saturday night
Present continuous
Complete the dialogue with the correct form of the present simple
or present continuous.
k Where (1)
(you /work) at the moment?
I: In a hotel in Italy. My boyfriend (2)
(live) in Italy
at the moment too.
A: (J)
(you / like) it there?
I: It's great. I (4)
(prefer) the lifestyle in Italy. In
[ London everybody (5)
(work) long hours. People
(6)
(not enjoy) life as much.
It (7)
(you /speak) Italian?
B: Xot very well, but I (8)
(take) classes now and
I (9)
(learn) the language quite quickly. We
(10)_
(notplan) to go back to England for a while.
Grammar focus Unit 1
Unit 2
mmmmmmmmmmmmm^mmmmnw.
Countable / uncountable nouns, some, any

Countable and uncountable nouns
Countable nouns can be singular or plural. Most plural forms end
in s.
Put it on your plate. Where are the plates?
Some plural countable nouns are irregular:
child - children
woman - women
man - men
Uncountable nouns don't have a plural form.
Do you take milk and sugar in tea?
These are some common uncountable nouns: accommodating

aclvice, bread, furniture, information,
t r a f f i c , weather
some and any

Use
and
with plural nouns or with uncountable nouns,
We usually use some in affirmative sentences and any in negative
sentences and questions.
Do you have any plates?
We need to buy some milk.
Use a /an with singular nouns.
I don V have a plate. You need an egg for that recipe.
Language note: Some words can be countable or uncountable.

I like coffee. (= the drink)
Can I have a coffee? (= a cup of coffee)
o lot of, a little, a few, (not) enough, much, many

Use quantifiers before a noun to show the quantity or amount of
something.
a little and much are used with uncountable nouns:
a little c o f f e e , too much sugar
a few and many are used with plural countable nouns:
a few apples, too many bananas
a lot of and (not) enough are used with uncountable nouns
and plural nouns: a lot of pasta, not enough
vegetables
Language note: much / many are usually used in negative

sentences and questions or with too.
A lot of / lots of is usually used instead of much / many in
affirmative sentences. There's a lot of salt in this dish.
We use a lot to answer the question How much / many...?
The infinitive with to

Use the infinitive with to after some verbs: agree, arrange, decide,
forget, hope, learn, manage, mean, need, o f f e r , prefer, promise, refuse,
remember, try, want, would like
You need to eat slowly. Remember to add sugar.
Language note: we don't use to after modal verbs such as can

/ can't and must. (See Grammar focus 5 page 140 for more on
modals.)
I can drink one glass of wine, but no more.
Use the infinitive with to after adjectives.
It's healthy
to eat salad. It's good to try different foods.
Infinitive of purpose
We use the infinitive with to when we talk about the purpose of
something or why we do something.
I eat lots of vegetables to get important vitamins. (= because I want
to get)
You use a corkscrew to open wine. (= so that you can open)
Language note: We can use in order to instead of to in these

sentences. For isn't used in these sentences.
I eat lots of vegetables in order to get important vitamins.
Not: I eat lots of vegetables for to get important vitamins.
Unit 2 Exercises
Countable / uncountable nouns, some, any
Complete the sentences with a / an, some or any.
1 I'm going shopping. Do we need
eggs?
2 Can I have
large cola and two coffees please?
! I'd like
information about restaurants in the
area.
4 There's
bread left, but there isn't
butter.
5 I'm making
big cake for my son's birthday.
6 I need
advice about vegetarian food.
7 Let's buy
new furniture for the dining room.
8 I need
onion for this dish.
0 lot of, a little, a few, (not) enough,
much,
many
1 Underline the correct quantifier in each sentence.
2 Choose one of the dialogues in Exercise 1. Think about what is
1 A: I'm afraid there's too much /many milk in this.

B: Sorry, I forgot you only like a few / little in coffee.
2 A: How much / many biscuits would you like?
happening and who is speaking. Write the next two lines.
B:
A lot /A lot o f .
! A: We have lots of / mxich space. W h y don't you come and visit?

B:Thanks but I don't have eiiough / have too little days off.
4 A: My wallet was here a little / a few minutes ago!
B: I'm afraid there are lots o f / many pickpockets here, sir.
The infinitive w i t h to
Read the text about a Japanese drink. Complete the text with to or
nothing (-).
Sake is rice wine. The Chinese first learnt
to make sake, but
now it is the traditional drink of Japan. To make sake you need (1)
cook rice in water. It is important (2)
use a special
kind of rice. You can (3)
serve sake warm or cold. In Japan
people prefer (4)
drink warm sake in winter and cold sake
in summer. You are meant (5)
drink sake with friends.
Tradition says you mustn't (6)
pour sake for yourself. So if
you drink sake in Japan, remember (7)
pour it only for
other people.
Infinitive of purpose
Make six sentences.
1 I went to the baker's
2 He looked round the cafe
! She smiled at me
4 He went into the garden
5 We cycled into town
6 They organised a party
a
b
c
d
meet our friends,

celebrate her birthday,
show she wasn't angry,
buy some bread,
e find a good table,
f pick some tomatoes.
Unit 3
Fast simple and past continuous
Past continuous
Past simple
Affirmative
Negative
Question
Affirmative
Negative
Question
I/You/He/She
/It/We/They
worked.
I/You/He/She
/It/We/They
did not (didn't)
work.
Did I/you/he
/she/it/we/they
work?
I was working.
I was not (wasn't)

working.
W a s I working:
You /We/They
were working.
You/We/They
were not (weren't)
working.
W e r e you /we
/ they working:
He/She/It was
working.
He/She/It was not W a s he/she/it

working?
(wasn't) working.
-ed spelling
for most verbs add ed: look - looked

for verbs ending in e, add d\ s?nile - smiled
for verbs ending in y, change the y to ied: study - studied.
(But verbs ending in vowel +y are regular: play - played).
for verbs ending in consonant-vowel-consonant, double the
consonant and add ed, eg stop - stopped
Use the same form for all persons (I, you, he, she, it, we, they) except
for the verb to be.
Some verbs have an irregular affirmative form:
have - had, go - went, see - saw, think thought.
See a more complete list of irregular verbs on page 159.
Use the past simple to talk about completed actions in the past.
I watched a good film at the weekend.
I bought a book about histoiy of an last week.
Use the past continuous to describe an activity or situation in

progress in the past.
He was watching a film on TV.
We often use the past continuous for activities that are interni
by a completed action. It is used in contrast with the past simple,
He was watching a film on TV when the phone rang.
X
watching a film
phone
rang
While is often used with the past continuous. When is often used
with the past continuous and the past simple.
I fell asleep while I was reading a book.
1 was reading a book when I fell asleep.
Used to
Affirmative
Negative
Question
I /You /He /She

/It/We/They
used to work.
I/You/He/She
/It/We/They
didn't use to
work.
Did I/you/he
/ she / it / we / they
use to work?
We also use used to to talk about situations in the past which aren't
true now.
There used to be an art gallery in our town. (= but there isn't one
there now)
Language note: There is no present form of used to. We only u
used to to talk about regular actions in the past.
We use used to to talk about regular actions in the past which don't
happen now.
I used to play the guitar. (= but I don't play it now)
Not: I use to download music.
Unit 3 Exercises
Past simple and past continuous
1 Use the prompts below to write what was happening yesterday
lunchtime in the park.
1 What / people / do / in the park / at midday yesterday?
2 two workers / dig / a hole
! a man / read / a newspaper / on a bench
4 a woman / eat / a sandwich - but she / not enjoy / it
5 two children / play / hide and seek
4 an old woman / walk / her dog
1 two tourists / take / photos
1 Underline the correct form of the verb in each sentence.
1 We were cleaning / cleaned the windows when it was starting /
started to rain.
2 While she was looking / looked in the mirror, she was noticing /
noticed her first grey hairs.
! It was getting / got dark when I was switching on / switched on the
lights.
4 They were dropping / dropped the sculpture while they were
carrying / carried it inside.
i While she was closing / closed the curtains, she was seeing /saw
somebody outside.
6 I was painting / painted the bedroom wall when I was falling o f f /
fell i f f the ladder.
Used to
Complete the sentences with used to or didn't use to and an
[appropriate verb.
[l He
1 He
1 He
He
I festivals.
I He.
' He
to cassettes, he didn't use to listen to CDs.

the violin, but now he plays the guitar.
an MP3 player but he has one now.
to classical concerts, he used to go to music
miserable, now he feels relaxed and happy.
opera but he likes it now.
Unit 4
Future hopes and plans
Use verbs such as hope, plan, want, would like (+ infinitive with to) to
talk about future hopes that aren't definite.
I want to work in a developing country.
Yd like to be an aid worker.
Use look forward to (+ verb with -ing) to talk about definite future
plans.
I'm looking forward to working in Africa next year.
Future plans and intentions (going to, present continuous)

Going to
Affirmative
Language note: going to go is often replaced by going.
Negative
Question
I am ('m) going
to work.
I am not ('m) not

going to work.
Am I going to
work?
You/We/They
are ('re) going to
work.
You/We/They are
not (aren't) going
to work.
Are you/we/they
going to work?
He/She/It is ('s)
going to work.
He/She/It is not
(isn't) going to
work.
Is he/ she/it going

to work?
We use going to to talk about what we have already decided or

intend to do in the future.
He's going to train to be a doctor. (= It is already decided)
They're going to work for an NGO.
I'm going to go to France next year = I'm going to France next

year.
Present continuous
See Grammar focus 1 on page 132 for an explanation onhowto
form the present continuous.
Use the present continuous to talk about future plans, in
particular for arrangements with a date and time, eg plans with
friends or travel arrangements.
I'm meeting friends this evening. (= I've made an arrangement
with them)
We're going to Egypt on holiday this year. (= We've already
arranged the holiday)
Prediction and ability (will, be able to)

Will
Be able to
Affirmative
Negative
Question
I/You/He/She
/It/We/They
will ('11) work.
I/You/He/She
/It/We/They
will not (won't)
work.
Will I/you/he
/she/it/we/they
work?
Use will to talk about predictions or beliefs about the future. It is

often used with the verbs think, hope and to be sure.
I think there'll be a nuclear
accident.
I'm sure there will be more homeless people in the future.
Use will be able to to talk about ability or possibility in the future.!

W e don't use will can.
We won't be able to stop pollution.
Language note: compare will and going to.
We're going to reduce carbon emissions.
(= definite plan / intention)
I think we'll reduce carbon emissions.
(= prediction, may or may not happen)
Future time clauses

Future time clause
If
When
Before
After
As soon as
Main clause
+ present tense
(usually present
simple)
future form
(usually will)
Use future time clauses with a present tense to talk about future
predictions.
I f w e reduce carbon emissions, we'll reduce global
warming.
It is possible to change the order of the future time clause and
main clause.
When you see the film, you'll be really
frightened.
Will we have dinner before we go to the cinema?
Language note: we use if for things that might happen but aren't
certain. We use when for things that are certain.
Unit 4 Exercises
Future hopes and plans
Match the sentences.
to working on a new project in Latin America,
to work for an environmental organisation,
to fight disease in developing countries,
to starting the new school year,
to get a good job when I leave college,
to get a bike for his birthday.
1 She's a doctor. She wants

2 He'sfiveyears old. He hopes
3 I'm a teacher. I'm looking forward
4 I'm a student. I'm planning
5 They worry about pollution. They'd like
6 We're aid workers. We're looking forward
Future
plans and intentions {going to, present continuous)
1 Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of going to.

1 We
(give) our children a future!
2 This government
(not help) our country!
J When
(you /stop) this war?
4 How
... (we /feed) our children?
5 We
. (not give up)\
6 Who
_ (help) the poor?
7 I
( f i g h t ) for wdiat I believe!
8 Cars
_ _ (destroy) our environment.
2 Complete the dialogues with the correct form of the present

continuous.
1 A: They're holding a big climate change conference at the end
of the year.
B Where
?
2 A When are you meeting Lisa again?
B
after work tomorrow actually.
3 A I'm going on holiday in June.
B Where
?
4 A What time is David coming round?
B
today, I'm afraid.
5 A Are you working on Saturday?
B No,
'
. at all this weekend.
Prediction and ability {will, be able to)

1 Complete the text with will or won't.
2 Underline the correct verb.
What do we know about global warming? Well, global

rise and
temperatures (1) .
increase. Sea levels (2) __
be floods. But in other areas there
in some areas there (3) _
(4) .
be enough rain. That means farmers in some areas
(5)
be able to grow food any more. And some animals and
plants (6)
be able to exist in changing environments, so
there (7)
be fewer types of animals.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Future time
We are having / will have lunch with friends tomorrow.

I hope you are going to enjoy / will enjoy your visit.
What are you going to do / will you do this evening?
I'm sure we will find / are finding a solution.
She's going to be / will be an engineer when she leaves school.
What time will you meet / are you meeting them?
What do you think is happening / will happen tomorrow?
Vm going to check /'m checking my email in a minute.
clauses
omplete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in

t brackets.
I think the baby _
. (start) to cry as soon as we
. (get) on the bus.
! If you _
(do) the shopping, I
dinner.
! You
(be) shocked when you .
(mid) that book.
4 After he
the airport.
5 She
birthday.
. (finish) work, he .
. (be) upset if he
- (forget) her
. (send) you a text when we
(arrive).
Unit 5
Have
Affirmative
Negative
Question
I/You/We/They
have a car.
I /You /We/They
don't have a car.
Do I/you/we
/ they have a car?
He/She/Tt has
a car.
He /She /It doesn't

have a car.
Does he/ she/it

have a car?
Use have as a main verb to talk about possessions, relationships or

characteristics.
I have two brothers.
She has dark hair.
Instead of have we can also use have got for possession.

Have got is often used in spoken and informal English.
I've got two brothers.
She hasn got dark hair.
Have yon got any money?
Use have as a main verb with certain nouns to talk about actions
or experiences. For example:
have breakfast / lunch / dinner / a drink / a coffee
have a part}- / a holiday / a swim / an accident / a good time
have a chat / a conversation / a meeting
have an illness / a headache / a problem
Language note: We can't use short forms when we use have as a

main verb. Not: I've a cat.
Modal verbs
Use must and have to to talk about things that are necessary.
We often use must and have to for rules. Have to is often used
for something which is necessary because of a law or because
someone else says it.
I must finish this report.
He has to give a presentation tomorrow. (=His boss said so)
Use must not (mustn't) to express prohibition.
You mustn't wear jeans and trainers in the o f f i c e .
Use don V have to to say that something isn't necessary, but it is

possible or allowed.
Men don't have to wear a tie at work. (= but they can if they wantto
Use can to say that something is possible or allowed.
You can bay food in the s t a f f canteen. Or yon can eat your own sandmt
there.
Use can't to say that something is not possible or allowed.
Yon can't eat lunch at your desk.
-ing forms
The -ing form of the verb can be:
the subject of a sentence
Working long hours is very stressful.
Playing chess is very relaxing.
the object of some verbs, for example: love, like, dislike, enjoy,
mind, can Y stand
I like playing
basketball.
I can V stand
jogging.
used after prepositions: good / bad at, interested in, tired o f ,

excited about, bored with, instead o f , in spite of
He's very good at skiing.
I'm excited about going on holiday.
Present perfect
Affirmative
Negative
Question
I/You/We/They I/You/We/They have

have ('ve) worked. not (haven't) worked.
Have I/You/We
/They worked?
He/She/It has
('s) worked.
Has he/ she/it

worked?
He / She / It has not

(hasn't) worked.
The present perfect is formed with the verb have + past participle.
The past participle of regular verbs is the same as the past simple,
(see Grammar focus 3 page 136). Irregular verbs often have
different forms, eg go - went - gone. Sec a more complete list of
past participles on page 159.
Use the present perfect to talk about an unspecific time in the past,
Compare the present perfect and the past simple.
I have been to Disneyland. (= no specific time, present perfect)
I went to Disneyland last summer. (= specific time, past simple)
We often use the present perfect with ever and never to talk about
experiences up to the present.
Have you ever been to an amusement park? (= at any time in your life)
I've never been on a roller coaster. (= up to now)
Language note: have been to = have visited a place.
Compare: She's been to Germany. (= and now she has come back
home).
She's gone to Germany. (= and she's still there).
Unit 5 Exercises
Have
Complete the sentences with the correct form of have.
1 She
a baby yesterday - a little girl.
2 They
got a car, they cycle everywhere.
J We
a party on Sunday evening. Would you like
to come?
4 Do you know him? He
. glasses and he
much hair.
I
. breakfast most days because I'm never hungry
in the morning.
6 I'm afraid he
. got time right now.
7 We
. a printer at home so I bought one
yesterday.
. a minute, please Madam?
Modal verbs
Read the rules and choose the correct meaning.
1 Employees mustn't make private phone calls,
a Private phone calls aren't allowed.
b You can make private phone calls if you want.
2 Employees don't have to work fixed hours.
a You need to work at the same time every day.
b You choose when you work,
i Employees have to follow the dress code,
a You can wear what your want,
b There are some clothes that you can't wear.
Employees can take breaks when they need them,

a You take a break when you want to.
b You need to tell the manager when you take a break.
Employees must clock in and out when they start and finish,
a It's necessary to clock in and out.
b It isn't necessary to clock in and out.
Employees can't call in sick without a doctor's note,
a It's possible to call in sick without a doctor's note,
b You need a doctor's note to call in sick.
ing forms
Put the words in the correct order to make sentences.
l type / he / without / looking / can
I training / two / had / weeks / we / of
) new / starting / she's / job / about / her / excited
4 part / looking / is / an / good / job / the / important / of

5 at / tea / work / hate / coffee / making /1 / and
6 magazines / she's / working / instead of / always / reading
Present perfect
1 Write the dialogues with the correct form of the present
perfect.
1 A: you / ever / try / skiing?
B: Yes / we / go / skiing / in France / twice / so far.
2 A: what / you / done / with the remote control?
B: I / not see / it / but / your mum / just / watch / a
programme.
! A: my son / stop / collecting / stamps.
B: he / ever / think / about collecting / coins?
1 A: you / be / on holiday / this year?
B: I / have / a busy year at work / so / I / not have / any time
to relax.
5 A: She still / not finish / talking / on the phone.
B: I hope / she / not call / that friend in Brazil.
2 Choose one of the dialogues. Think about what is happening
indwho is speaking. Write the next two lines.
Choose the correct ending.

They've built two amusement parks outside the city ..
a and they are going to build another,
b two years ago.
They went on a roller coaster last summer and ...
a they love it.
b they loved it.
She's been to the water park ...
a yesterday.
b lots of times.
I've never been in a haunted house because ...
a I'm scared of the dark.
b I was scared of the dark.
He bought a burger in the food area b u t . . .
a it didn't taste very good.
b it hasn't tasted very good.
We've visited a great theme park in South Korea ...
a when we were on holiday.
b and one in Hong Kong too.
Unit 6
Comparative and superlative adjectives
One syllable
adjectives and
adverbs: add -er/-est
Adjective
Comparative
Superlative
fast
slow
big
faster
slower
bigger
the fastest
the slowest
the biggest
Adjectives ending in
e: add -r/-st
nice
nicer
the nicest
Adjectives ending in
y. change the y to ie
and add -r/-st
dry
drier
the driest
Two or more syllable

adjectives and
adverbs that end
in - l y . morel most +
adjective
important
more
the most
important
important
more quickly the most
quickly
Irregular adjectives
and adverbs
good
quickly
bad
better
well
worse
badly
Language note: For one-syllable adjectives ending with one

consonant, double the final consonant and add -er/ -est.
Some two syllable adjectives, especially adjectives ending inyc
be used in either form (more + adjective or with -er/ -est)
angry - angrier / more angry
Use comparative adjectives to compare two things or people.

Comparative adverbs compare two actions. Than is used after
comparatives.
People in warm countries are happier than people in cold countries.
I can run faster than you.
the best
the worst
Comparative adjectives (a bit, much, as ... as)

We can modify comparative adjectives and adverbs with a bit or
much.
Use less with longer adjectives to mean not as much.

She's less intelligent than her sister. (= her sister is more intelligent)
That DVD player is a bit cheaper. This one is much cheaper.

Use (not) as ... as to make comparisons.
My job is as exciting as yours. (= both our jobs are equally exciting)
My job isn't as exciting as yours. (= your job is more exciting than mine)
Superlatives
Use superlatives to compare someone or something in a group
with all the other things in that group.
This computer is the cheapest in the shop.
Shopping online is the most convenient method.
Use superlatives with the present perfect.

My girlfriend
is the most interesting
person
I've ever met.
Use superlatives with in the ...

The internet is the best invention in the world.
I'm the tallest person in the class.
Phrasal verbs and objects

A phrasal verb is a two-word verb consisting of a verb + a particle.
Some phrasal verbs take an object and some phrasal verbs don't.
verb + particle
Can you log on ?
verb + particle + object
W h e n phrasal verbs take an object, the object can usually go in

two places:
after the verb and particle
between the verb and particle
Turn the computer on.
If the object is a pronoun, it can only go between the verb and
particle:
Turn it on.
Not: Tarn on it.
Unit 6 Exercises
Comparative and superlative adjectives
Write the comparative and superlative forms of the adjectives in
the table.
Adjective
Comparative
Superlative
tall
hot
content
safe
expensive
enjoyable
cheap
beautiful
heavy
Comparative adjectives (a bit, much, as ... as)

Write comparisons using the prompts below.
1
2
!
4
money / not be / as / important / health

this chair / be / much / comfortable / that one
some new robots / be / as / intelligent / humans
my home computer / starts / slowly / my work computer
he / be / patient / with the children / her

she / be / happy / now / last year
most people / get / a bit / fat / when / they / get / old
1/ sleep / good / in my own bed / in a hotel
Superlatives
| Complete the sentences with the superlative form of the words in
the box.
expensive
fast
good
high
popular
strange
1 The blog of a Chinese film actress has the

number of readers on the internet.
2 The
name for @ is elephant's trunk in Danish.
j The
domain name cost $7.5 million.
Social networking is the

growing sector of the internet.
5 'How to kiss' and 'Who is God' were
the
search questions in
2007.
Books are the things that sell the

on the internet.
Phrasal verbs a n d o b j e c t s
| Complete the sentences with the correct phrasal verb.
1 The music is too loud.
[ Well, turn
!
2 The TV isn't working.
You need to plug.
J These web pages are really interesting.
I
Can you print
4 How do I put the word into the search engine?

I Just type
The phone's ringing.

Well pick.
T h e computer is frozen.
You have to shut
We need to find out train times.
Can you look
?
I've found his email address.
I'll write
Unit 7
Present perfect with for and since
for...
Language note: don't use the present perfect with time
since ...
1999
the 1960s
this morning
2 pm
he was a child
years
ages
six months
a long time
Use the time expressions for and since with the present perfect to
talk about unfinished time. For states the length of time and since is
used with the beginning of the time.
How long have you worked here ?
Fve worked here for ten years.
Fve worked here for ages.
Fve worked here since 2000.
Fve worked here since I was 25.
expressions like in the 90s, in 2005. Use the past simple with thai
expressions.
for ten years

since
2000
>
J,
"^h- "Pq^
<4?
'
"9
^n
Present perfect with yet and already

Affirmative
Negative
Question
I /You /We/They
have already eaten.
I/You/We/They
haven't eaten yet.
Have I/you/we
/ they eaten yet?
He /She /It has

already eaten.
He/She/It hasn't
eaten yet.
Has he/ she/it

eaten yet?
Use already with the present perfect to emphasise that something

has happened before now.
The structure is auxiliary + already + past participle. It is usually l
used in affirmative sentences.
Fve already been to the batik.
Fve already checked our account.
Use yet with the present perfect to talk about something that has
not happened, but will probably happen soon.
Usenet in negatives and questions. Yet goes at the end of the
sentence.
The money hasn't gone into my account yet.
Have you paid the bills yet}
Unit 7 Exercises
Present
perfect with for
a n d since
Complete the sentences with for or since.

I've had this j o b
She's known him

We've wanted children
I've liked t r a v e l l i n g _
trip.
2002.
20 years.
ages.
I went on mv first school
I've been working here

a long time.
They haven't had anything to eat
6am.
We've had the same T V
the 1990s.
I haven't seen her
days.
2 Complete the text with the present perfect or the past simple
form of the verb in brackets.
Microwaves (1)
(be) a popular time saver for
years. An American company (2)
(produce) the
first microwave in 1947 - it was almost 1.8 metres tall! Families
(1)
(use) smaller modern microwaves since the
1970s. But many people don't think it is safe. So, is microwaved
food safe? The answer is 'yes' if you (4)
(cook) the
food for the right length of time. Microwaves (5)
_
Ik) particularly popular since companies (6)
(start)
producing freezer to microwave 'ready-meals' in the late 1980s.
The UK (7)
(be) the largest European consumer
of microwave ready meals for years. But a report in 2008 (8)
(say) British people are now starting to eat more
I healthily.
Present perfect with yet a n d
already
< 1 Write the dialogues. Use already and yet.
Correct the mistakes in these sentences.
l A: you / pay / the electricity bill?

B: no but I / pay / the water bill.
! A: we / not hear / about that loan.
B: I / call / the bank / twice about it.
I! A: we / spend / all our money for this month.
I B: oh dear, / you / check / the lottery ticket?
( A: our / railway shares / make / a profit.
B: good / but the water shares / not improve.
! A: you / have / the letter about your inheritance?
B: no, the solicitor / not send / anything.
Tom has lived in Germany for he was a child.

Has Emma got already married?
He hasn't done his homework already.
They have finished the book yesterday.
She's worked here since three months.
We haven't done this already.
Unit 8
The passive voice
Present passive
Past passive
I am
I was
You /We/They
are
You/We/They
were
shocked.
He/She/It is
I f w e want to say who did the action we can use by + agent.

The building was designed in 2005 by a famous architect.
shocked.
He/She/It was
We use the passive when we do not know who did the action(tl; |
agent), or it is not important.
My bag was stolen. (= I don't know who stole it)
A bomb was left in the station. (= we don't know who left the bomb)]
Language note: the passive is more frequent in formal speech ar,c
Form the passive with the verb to be + past participle. See a more
complete list of past participles on page 159.
writing.
Use the active voice to focus on the agent, (the person or thing
who does the action)
agent
active verb
object
Zaha Hadid designed the
building.
Use the passive voice to focus on the action.

The building was designed in 2005.
First conditional
Main clause
//"clause
If
+ present simple
1/ you, etc.
will / can / might
(not) + verb
Use the first conditional to talk about a possible future situation.

If it is bad weather, Til watch TV. But if it's sunny, Til go to the beach.
Use will, might or can in the main clause:
will: the s p e a k e r t h i n k s it's l i k e l y that the situation will happei
might: the speaker is not sure that the situation will happen
can: the speaker is not sure if it wrill happen or not
The //clause can be the first or second clause in the sentence.

I f w e take the train, we'll enjoy the journey more.
We'll enjoy the journey more i f w e take the train.
Second conditional
Main clause
//"clause
If
+ past simple
I / you, etc.
would / could (not)
+ verb
Use the second conditional to talk about an unreal future

situation. It is unlikely or almost impossible that the situation will
happen.
If 1 didn't have to work, I'd'go to the beach today.

(But I have to work so I won't go to the beach)
If I had lots of money, I could travel round the world.
(I don't have lots of money and it's unlikely that I will have lots of
money in the future)
Language note: we sometimes say if I were instead of If I
was. Both verbs are correct. Were is especially common in the
expression If I were you ... when giving somebody advice.
Unit 8 Exercises
The passive voice
1 Write about eight modern buildings. Use the present or past
passive. Sometimes you need by.
1 The Empire State Building in New York / use / in the King Kong
film.
2 The two Emirates Towers in Dubai / connect to / a huge
shopping centre.
3 30 St Mary Axe in London / call / 'the Gherkin' / Londoners.
4 Sydney Opera House / build / to look like a ship.
5 The Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao / often / compare / to a
fish or water.
6 The Petronas Towers in Kuala Lumpur / occupy / international
companies.
7 The new Jewish Museum in Berlin / design / the architect
Daniel Libeskind.
8 The Pompidou Centre in Paris / name / after a French
president.
2 Rewrite these sentences with the passive so they mean the same.
We sold our flat last week.
Ourflatwas sold last week.
1 Somebody built the flats in the 1980s.
2 They call the building Huntingdon
House.
J Restaurants and cafes surround the building.
4 They painted the walls in our flat white.
5 We put in a new kitchen last year.
First conditional
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the first
conditional.
1 If I
(give) you my email address,
(you /send) me the details?
I I
(call) the police if I
(see) him
again.
J If you
(not have) a ticket you
(not I can /get) on the bus.
4 He
( f n i g h t / take) you to the airport if he
[
(have) time.
(be) nice, we
S If the weather
/ go) to the top of the tower.
(go out) for a meal, we
6 If we
have to) go food shopping.
(not listen) to him if he
7 She
her the truth.
(not work) again, I
8 If the internet
(complain) to the company.
(can
(not
(not tell)
Second conditional
1 Complete the conversation with the correct form of the
second conditional.
. (if /you / be) me?
What would you do (1)
B: Well, if I were in your shoes, (2)
- (I / go) on a
long trip.
C: Yes, I'd take a month's holiday tomorrow (3)
-Of
/my boss /give / me) time off.
B: If I had the choice, I think (4) _ _
(I / go / walking)
in New Zealand or Peru.
C: Yes, I'm sure I'd forget all my problems (5) __
Of/
I I/Jo) something like that.
B: Perhaps your boss would help (6)
(if / you /
explain) everything to her.
2 Match the conditional sentences.

1
If I went to America,
2 If we went on the bus,

3 If we take the credit card,
b
c
4 If I don't wear sandals,

5 If we go camping,
6 If I had a problem,
d
e
f
we won't have to look for

accommodation.
I'd go to San Francisco,
we won't have to take lots
of cash.
my feet will be too hot.
we'd save lots of money,
would you help me?
Unit 9
[MM
Modal verbs of advice

Use should / shouldn't (+ infinitive without to) to give advice and
make suggestions.
You should go to bed if you don 'tfeel well.
You shoiddn't read in poor light - it's bad for your eyes.
Ought to can be used instead ai should but it is more formal. Should

is more common.
You ought to take an aspirin.
You ought not to watch TV without your glasses.
We often use the structure I (don't) think with should.
Must is similar to should but it is stronger and more definite (see

Grammar focus 5 page 140 for more on must).
You must take an aspirin.
I don't think you should drink any
more.
Not: I think you shouldn't drink any
more.
Could / couldn't, had to / didn't have to

(For modals of obligation and possibility in the present, see
Grammar focus 5 page 140)
Use had to /didn't have to to talk about past obligation.
I had to take tablets for a long time.
I didn't have to stay in hospital long.
Use coidd / couldn't to talk about things that were possible or not
possible in the past.
When I was in the hospital, I couldn't get out of bed.
We could have visitors in the afternoon.
Past perfect
Affirmative
Negative
Question
I/You/He/She
/It/We/They
had ('d) worked.
I/You/He/She/It
/We/They had not
(hadn't) worked.
Had I/you/he
/ she / it / we / they
worked?
(See a more complete list of past participles on page 159.)

Use the past perfect to talk about an event in the past that
happened before another event or a specific time in the past.
He cried because they had lost the match.
I hadn't been to a football match before last Saturday.
With before and after, we can use the past simple instead of the
past perfect as the order of events is clear.
Before I started doing regidar sport, I was
overweight.
Before I started doing regidar sport, I had been
overweight.
The players celebrated after the match finished.
The players celebrated after the match had finished.
Use the past participles been and gone in the same way as in the
present perfect (see Grammar focus 5 page 140).
they had lost the match
Past L-
he cried
iL_
: Present
Reported statements
Use reported statements to say what another person said.
I'm not feeling well.
He said that he wasn't
feeling-well.
I'm going to the doctor's. He told me that he was going to go to
the doctor's.
In reported statements, the verb goes one tense back.
Direct statements
Reported statements
present simple
'I like your new
hairstyle.'
present continuous
'I'm getting married.'
present perfect
'We've bought the
tickets.'
past simple
'I missed the bus.'
past simple
She said (that) she liked my new
hairstyle.
past continuous
He said (that) he was getting married.
past perfect
She said (that) they had bought the
tickets.
past perfect
He said (that) he had missed the bus.
will
would
'I'll see you later.'
She said (that) she would see me later.
am is / are going to
was / were going to
'I'm going to join a gym.'
She said she was going to join a gym.
In reported statements other words can also change:

pronouns: 'We're meeting at my flat.'
He said that they
were meeting at his flat.
places: 7 got here by train!
He said he had got there by
train.
this / that-. 'I'vejust bought this book.'
He said he had just
bought that book.
times: 7 met her last week.'
He said he had met her the
week before.
Be careful with say and tell:

we say something (to somebody)
we tell somebody (about something)
The doctor told me I was stressed. I said I knew that.
Unit 9 Exercises
Modal verbs of advice

Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to
the first. Use should or shoiddn't.
I think you need to stop smoking.
I think you should stop s?)ioking.
1 Don't worry about it.
You
2 Go and see your doctor.
You
You don't drink enough water.

I think you You drink too much coffee.
I don't think
Don't go to bed so late.
You
Could / couldn't, had to / didn't have to

Complete the text with coidd, couldn't, had to or didn't have to.
Yesterday, I broke my ankle while I was running. I
(1)
walk so I (2)
phone my
take me to the hospital.
girlfriend and she (3)
Luckily I (4)
wait long for an X-ray. T h e doctor
put a bandage on my foot and said I (5)
go
home. Unfortunately I (6).
. move for days and my
girlfriend (7).
do everything for me. T h e only good
go to work.
thing was that I (8)
Past perfect
join the sentences. Use the past perfect.
1 She ran 20 km. She was tired.
She was tired because
2 Ifinishedplaying tennis. I took a shower.
When
) The swimmer failed a drugs test. He lost his medal.
The swimmer lost his medal because
4 She was optimistic. She won the race.
Before she won the race,
> The referee sent a player off. T h e team played with ten men.
After.
6 She hurt another player. She paid a fine.
;
because
Reported statements
Read the dialogue and report back the conversation between a
doctor and a patient.
D; Good morning. You're obviously having trouble with your
back.
She said that I was obviously having trouble with my back.

I told her that (1)
and
P: Yes, I woke up this morning and I had problems getting out of
bed.
D: Have you had this problem before?

P. No,I've never experienced that before.
D: OK, I'm just going to take a look. You'll feel a pain ...
P: Ow! That hurt! ... But my back feels much better.
She asked me if (2).

I said that (3)
She said that (4)
Then she told me that I (5).
I said that it (6)
back
. but that my
Unit 10
Defining relative clauses
Defining relative clauses give more information about a person or
a thing. Relative clauses are formed with that / which to describe
things, who with people and where with places.
He's the doctor who / that saved my l i f e .

It's something which / that I don't like talking about.
I know a good Italian restaurant where we often go for lunch.
Not-
Language note: we can use that instead of who and which but not
instead of where.
Definite article (the)

Use the when a person or thing has been referred to before.
We've found a new flat so we were painting the flat all last night.
Use the when there is only one of this person or thing or it is clear
which one it is.
My parents met the Queen once.
Language note: we use a / an (for singular nouns) or zero article
The can also be used:

when it's part of a superlative phrase
You're the best thing that has happened to me.
when it is part of a name (such as a river)
the Mekong, the Black Sea, the Titanic, the Golden Gate
for nationalities and groups in society
the British, the unemployed
(for plural nouns) when we talk about things in general.

New Zealand is a country with many mountains, rivers and lakes.
Verb form review

Present simple
I work.
See Grammar
focus 1 page 132
active
The company makes

cars.
See Grammar
focus 8 page 146
Present
continuous
I'm working.
See Grammar
focus 1 page 132
passive
The cars are made in

Germany.
See Grammar
focus 8 page 146
Past simple
I worked.
See Grammar
focus 3 page 136
real conditional
See Grammar
focus 8 page 146
Past continuous
I was working.
See Grammar
focus 3 page 136
I f the bank gives me

a loan, I'll buy a small
second-hand car.
unreal conditional
If 1 had the money, I'd

buy a fast sports car.
See Grammar
focus 8 page 146
modals: obligation
& possibility
(present)
can / can't
must
have to / didn't have to
See Grammar
focus 5 page 140
modals: advice
should / shouldn't,
See Grammar
ought to / ought not to focus 9 page 148
modals: obligation
& possibility
(past)
could / couldn't
had to / didn't have to
Present perfect
I have worked.
See Grammar
focus 5 page 140
Past perfect
I had worked.
See Grammar
focus 9 page 148
will
I will work.
See Grammar
focus 4 page 13 8
going to
I am going to work.
See Grammar
focus 4 page 138
See Grammar
focus 9 page 148
Both, neither
Use both to talk about two things. Both is used with a plural noun
and a plural verb.
Both cars are qiute old.
Use neither to say something negative about each of two things.

Neither is used with a singular noun and verb.
Neither car is very reliable.
Use both of and neither of with a plural noun or pronoun.
Neither of the cars is economical. Let's sell both of them.
Unit 10 Exercises
Defining relative clauses
Complete the dialogues with who, which, that or where.
1 A: Who's that?
B: He's a chef
has written lots of best-selling
cookery books.
2 A: Can you recommend a hotel in New York?
B: Yes, there's a good hotel.
. we stayed last year.
3 A: Hi, what's new?
B: Well, I got the job
. I told you about last time.
4 A: Where's the dictionary?

B: Over there. It's the big blue book
shelf.
5 A: W h o were the first Europeans there?
B: I think it was the Vikings
6 A: What's that big building there?
B: Oh, that's the new supermarket
shop 24 hours.
is on that
sailed there first.

you can
Definite article (the)

Complete the sentences with a / an, the or nothing (-).
New South Wales is (1)
state in (2)
south-east
of Australia. It is (3)
oldest and most populated state in
Australia and its capital Sydney is home to famous sights such as
(4)
Sydney Opera House. It has (5)
very diverse
dimate with hot summers and cold winters. (6)
state has
great locations for visitors: (7)
beautiful beaches, national
parks and snowy mountains.
Verb form review

Underline the correct verb.
1 Thefirstplane that had to / coidd be controlled in the air was
I invented / invented in 1903.
2 Ihe plane flew / has flown for 12 seconds.
i The Wright brothers were making / had made bicycles when
I they became / were becoming interested in planes.
4 They built / -were building the plane after they have watched / had
1 watched how birds fly.
s The biggest passenger plane, the Airbus A3 80 made / is making
( its first flight in 2005.
i Since then, several airlines have ordered / had ordered A3 80s.
^ Airbus is planning / is going to plan to produce an even bigger
i plane in the near future.
If everything went /goes according to plan, the new plane will
I k/is being nearly 80 metres long.
Both, neither
Rewrite the sentences about two friends using both / neither or both
1 (// wither of. Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
The two friends live in a big city.
|l They aren't married.
! The friends don't have a car.
+ Each friend owns property.
The two friends enjoy playing chess.
H They'Ve written books but their books haven't been published.
Audioscript
Unit 1
0
1
2
3
1.02
Sorrv, yes. M y last name is Torrance. That's
T-O-R-R-A-N-C-E.
I live on Janssen Street. I'll spell that for
you: J - A - N double S - E - N
Write this down. The name of the state is
K - E - N - T - U - C - K - Y . That's Kentucky.
01.03
1
A: Oh, when was this photo taken?

B: That one? Five years ago, I think.
A: Mmmm. It's quite a good photo of you.
B: 1 don't know. I don't think I looked good
with that beard.
A: I think you look nice and, mmm,
intelligent.
01.04
2
A: How's the baby?
B: Oh gi'eat. Great.
A: It's a 'she', right?
B: Yes, yes. I'll show you a photo, she looks
like her father.
A: Oh, yeah, bald just like her dad! How old
is she?
B: Six months now.
A: She looks really happy, she's got a great
smile.
0
3
01.10
A:
B:
C:
D:
E:
A : W h a t does the suspect look like?

A: I can't hear you. W h a t does the suspect
look like?
B: The suspect is a white, older man.
A: Anything else?
B: Just a second ... yes. He's got grey hair
and a moustache.
A: W h a t kind of car does he drive?
B: An old white Volvo.
A : Thanks.
3
4
Pilar is my Spanish neighbour. She's on

vacation in Mexico, and I've got her cat and
her plants.
OK, Hans. Hans and I aren't really friends.
He's more of an acquaintance. He's director
of the German department.
Ken is a colleague of mine at the university.
He teaches French, and I teach German.
I take a computer class in the evening. Sofia
is my classmate.
1.09
The theory of Six Degrees of Separation works

likes this. Imagine you and John are colleagues.
Audioscript
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
Hello.
Hello.
First time here?
Sorry?
I said, is this your first time here? At the
conference.
B: Yes. Yes.
A: Well, hello. My name's George.
B: Hi George. Nice to meet you.
01.12
2
A : Oh, look at the time. It's getting late.

B: W h a t time is it?
A: Eleven o'clock. And I have a class
tomorrow.
B: Oh. Well, O K then.
A: Yes. Thanks for everything.
B: N o problem.
A: Goodnight.
B: Bye.
Unit 2
01.18
Zao Shen is the god of the kitchen. He is a
figure in Chinese mythology. He watches
families and tells the other gods if a family is
good or bad. He has the power to make families
rich or poor. Zao Shen also protects the home
from evil spirits. Many homes in China,Taiwan
and Southeast Asia have a picture of Zao Shen in
the kitchen.
01.20
Human beings need water to live. A human
being can live for weeks without food, but only
a few days without water. W c often hear that our
body is two thirds water, but what exactly does
water do to help the human body?
Water helps to protect important parts of the
body, such as the eyes. The brain is 75% water.
W e also need water to breathe, and to keep
our body temperature normal. Water carries
nutrients and oxygen to all parts of the body.
Blood is, in fact, 92% water. In addition, water
helps to convert food into energy and removes
waste from the body. It is also very good for a
person's skin. Even the bones in our body are
made up of 2 2 % water.
The human body gets water not only from
water itself but also from other drinks and food.
Water is a major part of many foods, particularly !
fruit and vegetables, which may contain from
85 to 95% water. Because the amount of water
we need may change with climate, level of
activity, diet and other factors, there is no one
recommendation for how much daily water you
need to drink. However, adults typically need at
least two litres (eight cups) of water a day, from
all sources.
0
1
01.13
3
&1.07
1
W h a t are you doing?

So, what do you do?
Excuse me, we're trying to work.
You're not listening!
How's it going?
01.11
1.05
A: Who's this a photo of?
B: Don't you know? It's Bella!
A: Bella? Oh yes! She looks so different
here. How long ago was this?
B: At the end of university.
A: Wow. Her hair was much longer then,
and so curly.
01.06
4
John is married to Mary, but you don't know her

personally. So you and Mary have one degree
of separation. Mary has a sister, Jane. Jane and
you have two degrees of separation. Jane's
neighbour, let's call him Robert, works for a big
hotel in the city centre. You and Robert, Jane's
neighbour, have three degrees of separation.
Robert doesn't own the hotel. He works for Mr.
Smith, the president. You and M r Smith ... four
degrees of separation. M r Smith, because he's
an owner of a big expensive hotel, he's often in
touch with important people. He's friends with
the Ambassador for example. So you and the
Ambassador have five degrees of separation.
A i d well, the Ambassador goes to New York
three times a year, and he knows the Secretary
General of the United Nations. So, if you make
all the right connections it means that you and
the Secretary General of the United Nations
have six degrees of separation.
A:
B:
B:
A:
B:
A:
And this is from me.

Aww.
Oh my ...
It's a dog! Isn't that great?
Er, yes. A dog. Thank you very much.
You're welcome. Happy birthday.
01.14
4
A: Hello? Oh hi, listen I'm on the train It's

not a good time right now...
B: Hey!
A: Wait a minute ... Oh, I'm sorry. I didn't
see you and ...
B: That's all right.
B: No, it's fine.
12
-3
A : Good evening.
B: Hello. It's a table for two, please. We've
got a reservation.
A: Name?
B: Moore, that's M - double O-R-E.
A: Ah, yes. Just this way.
A : Now, what would you like to order?
C : I'll have the fish.
B: Just a minute. I haven't seen everything
on the menu yet.
C : Sorry, then can we have another minute
to decide?
A : Of course.
012
.4
2
A : Here you go. Anything to drink?

B: Sorry, I think there's a mistake here. I
wanted a hamburger, not a hot dog.
A: OK, sorry. Just a minute. One
hamburger, please.
B: Thanks.
A : Anything to drink?
B: Uh... A diet Coke, please.
A : Small, medium or large?
B: Small, please.
&1.25
3 A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
More coffee?
No thanks, I'm fine.
Did you enjoy your breakfast?
It was lovely, thanks.
Good.
Could I have the bill?
You have to pay over there for the buffet
service.
Sorry, where?
Over there, next to the plants and the
exit sign.
Oh, I see it. Thanks again.
You're welcome.
61.27
1 Mo, Iran
Typical traditional Persian food. It consists
of rice and minced lamb, kebabs and
chickens and dried fruit.
61.28
2 Gianfranco, Italy
Pizza. Of course not Pizza Hut but Napoli
pizza. Yes, pizza, lasagne and pasta.
(0*1.29
3 Elena, Russia
Borsch - it's very interesting - it's like a
salad. But it's boiled in water, I don't know,
with beetroot with onion, potato, with
meat, or maybe with chicken, or maybe with
turkey. And it's very tasty really.
6 uo
4 Marlies, Germany
A schnitzel dish. It's kind of a meat, it's fried
and you most often have it with French fries
and salad or potato salad which is rather
typical of German food again.
[61.31
Matt, US
Candy makes me think of home. There are
certain candy brands that whenever I see
them they remind me of my childhood and
they remind me of growing up in the United
States.
61.32
Sonia, Spain
Spanish tortilla makes me think of home and
that's a very typical answer but I think it is
a very simple dish which is made from eggs
and potatoes and it's made like any other
tortilla.
In the nineteen-twenties sound recording met

film. The first films with sound were called
'talking pictures'.
In 1962 the company Philips introduced the
audio cassette tape player. One year later the
first discotheque in America opened in Los
Angeles.
The seventies and eighties saw the introduction
of VHS video, cassette Walkman and CD. The
CD revolutionised the music industry.
It was in the early nineties that digital music and
video appeared. In 1996 the first digital music
player was sold in Japan. One year later the
first MP3 player came out. But it wasn't until
the beginning of the 21 st century that digital
music and A1P3 players really began to become
popular. In 2001 Apple released the first iPod, a
portable MP3 player.
The history of sound recording has always been
to make devices that are smaller, but contain
more sound. The first record played for only six
minutes and needed a large machine to play it
on. T he current generation of music players go
in your pocket and can hold more than 15,000
songs, video and photographs.
< 5 * 1.42
Unit 4
Music has always been a very important part

of film and television. A film can be completely
transformed depending on the kind of music
you use.
For example, if you want the audience to feel
scared you want to use some kind of tension
music. Here is an example of music that makes
people feel tense or scared. It uses violins played
on a very high note and very quickly.
Gentle music is good for making an audience
feel calm and safe. I use guitar, violin or even
piano. This kind of music is good with love
scenes.
I sometimes use choral music for certain special
scenes, or to make people feel sad. I use this for
when a character dies in a film.
Finally, sometimes individual characters or
ideas in a film have their own kind of music.
I did the music for the British television
programme Robin Hood, and every time the
character of Robin appears you hear this kind of
music. It uses trumpets, which are always good
instruments for heroes.
In the past, to record the music for a film, the
orchestra used to play in front of a large screen
showing the movie, so the composer could get
the timing just right. Now with computers, it
isn't so necessary. Everything is much easier, and
we do a lot of the work in the studio.
<5H.44
A: So, what did you think?
B: I don't know. Horror films, well, they
should be thrilling, you know, be a bit
scary.
A: I think so too.
B: And that film wasn't.
A: Oh come on, it was.
B: No, I don't agree. It was not scary.
Unit 3
61.38
In 187/,Thomas Edison made one of the first
ever sound recordings. Edison predicted that
hd recordings would be used for office
lion, speaking books, education, talking
"band music.
In 1903, the first records were released with
lecordings on both sides. People used to listen
[tothese on record players called gramophones.
1.45
2
A: Now, you believe that there are too

many big budget action films in the
cinema.
B: That's right.
A: And that there should be more space

for films from around the world. More
'world cinema'.
B: Exactly. There are lots of great films
from other countries, but we only see
our own American films here. And I
don't think that's right.
A: I agree with you there, John. So what
films do you think we should see?
B: Well ... '
1.46
A: What about this one?
B: What, a musical?
A: I know you think that musicals are
terrible.
B: Absolutely, you're absolutely right. They
are awful!
A: Well, maybe but ... I read this one was
different. We always see the same films
anyway.
B: Oh please. W e see lots of different films.
Last week we saw a French film.
A: Fine, you choose the DVD then.
45*1.48
A: ...?
B: OK, well. My name's Josh Gross and this is
Helle Hansen.
C: Hi.
B: And ... Well, we're aid workers with the
Danish organisation Milene Nielsen
Foundation. Helle, do you want to... say
something about it?
C: It's starting a new project in Guatemala next
month. We're going to be in a small village
In the mountains.
In the mountains. It's a very poor place.
We're going to work with the children there.
Basically, we're going to be responsible
for the children during the day. Playing,
cooking...
Cleaning ...
...?
I'm a teacher originally, and Helle has a
background in child psychology. We both
wanted to help people.
I fell in love with Guatemala when I was
there on a holiday two years ago. The people
are friendly and the country is beautiful. I
remember thinking: 'I'm coming back here
one day.'
B: It's going to be my first time in Guatemala.
I'm looking forward to going on this trip
very much.
C: Yeah, me too.
A:
B: Good question. I guess I would say that
hope is the most important thing. If you
don't have hope, you don't have anything.
Yes, this is especially true when you're
working with people who have, really, lost
hope. If you have hope, well that helps you
keep going.
Audioscript
Audioscript
A: ...?
B: Thanks. We'll let you know how it goes.
C: Thank you.
1.52
A: An Inconvenient
Truth? Isn't that a
documentary from a few years about global

warming? No, I haven't seen it, no. I heard it
was interesting.
B: Well, of course I knew about global warming
a bit before I saw the film... but, well ....
wow. I mean, it really makes me think
about what I'm going to do. I f w e don't do
something now, we'll have serious problems
in the future.
C: All I want to say is that I saw this film. It
was a great documentary, and it's very, very
important.
D: Oh, yes I remember this film. I saw it after
AI Gore won the Nobel Peace Prize. I
learnt a lot. It was different from a usual
Hollywood film.
E: I didn't like it. These kinds of documentary
films are always frightening. And anyway,
when this climate change happens, I'll be
dead. So I don't want to worry about it now.
F: I haven't but my son saw this film at school,
in his geography class. He was talking
about it all evening. He said: "You'll think
differently after you see it." I think it's good
that he learns about this kind of thing at
school.
1 . .56
1 A: Are you ready to order?
B: Yes. I'll have a salad.
2 A: I don't understand this.
B: That's all right. I'll help you.
3 A: The next train is in twenty minutes.
B: Shall we take it or wait?
4 A: Here, let me take those bags.
B: Thanks, but it's OK. I'll carry them.
I.57
Abdul, Libya
Actually I'm learning English because it will
be helpful for my career.
1.58
Olga, Russia
I'm learning English because first of all
I want to be a teacher of English in my
country.
1.53
A: Oh. Look at the time. M y train's leaving

soon.
B: Shall I pay for these?
A: That would be great.
B: OK. Wait. I don't have enough for both
of them.
A: Hold on. How much is it?
B: 2.75.
A: I'll pay for it. Here's five. I really have to
go now though.
B: Thanks again. Have a good trip, and see
you next Monday!
A: Bye! See you Monday.
O
1.54
2 A : Hey! W h a t time do you need to get to
the airport?
B: I'm planning to be there two hours
before the flight. W h y ?
A: Well, look at the time. The airport train
leaves in five minutes.
B: Oh no.
A: I'm sorry, we were talking and I didn't

see the time...
B: No, don't worry. I ... I won't take the
train. I'll take a taxi.
A: A taxi? They're quite expensive. Let me
drive you to the airport.
B: Really? That would be great. Thanks.
A: N o problem. W e can continue our
conversation in the car.
1.55
A : Can I help you?
B: Yes, thanks. Erm, I ... I've missed my
train. Can I use this ticket for the next
train?
A: Yes, you can. The next train is the six
o'clock fast train. You'll need to pay an
extra ten euros for that. Or you can take
the six fifty train and you don't have to
pay anything extra.
B: OK, I'll take the six fifty train then.
Thank you.
A : You're welcome.
1 . 5 9
3 Mert, Turkey
I would like to work for some companies
who work in Canada and U S A and they
need really good English skills and I have
to speak English very well and to work for
them.
1.60
4
Naif, Saudi Arabia

Well I believe that English is very important
nowadays as you cannot continue studying
without using English because it is the
international language nowadays.
1.61
5
Arthur, France
I am learning English because I love it.
I love the English culture, the American
culture, its movie, its music.
1.62
6
Dain, South Korea

English is a world language so we need to
study English. It's essential. And personally I
want to be a politician or a diplomat, which
my father wants. So I think English is the
most important thing for a politician or a
diplomat so that's why I am studying English
in Britain now.
Unit 5
Audioscript
1 . 6 3
1 Oh, hello, good to see you. Listen,
somebody has to work this Saturday
morning. Susan has called in sick. Now,I I
know that you've worked every Saturday t':i<H
month, but there isn't anyone else. That ill I
right? You can take next Saturday off.
1 . 6 4
2 Excuse me? Yes, come here, please. Now,1 I
don't know if anybody told you, but we have I
a dress code here. Employees mustn't wear H
jeans to work. It's not allowed. You don't 1
have to wear a jacket and tie, but try to be i I
little bit more formal.
1 . 6 5
3 No, no, NO. How many times do I have to
say this? You can't use the computer to send I
private emails and you can't send personal I
messages to each other on the computer.Yoi I
are on company time, and you must respect I

that time. That means working
and not talking.
everybody,
1.66
4
It's OK, you know. Of course you can go on I

your lunch break now. You don't have to
come in to my office and ask me every time. I
I like to keep things informal around here, |
and as long as everyone does their work then I
I don't see a problem. All right? By the way, I
I recommend the Italian restaurant on the I
corner if you don't know where to go. Very
good pasta.
1 . 6 9
C Jood afternoon. M y name is Robert Macarthur,
and I'm here to talk to you about the serious
leisure perspective.
The serious leisure perspective comes from
the expert on leisure, Robert Stebbins, at the
University of Calgary in Canada. He has been
working on this theory since 1974. According to
Stebbins, there are two main forms of leisure:
casual leisure and serious leisure.
Casual leisure is just that, casual. Sitting about at
home is casual leisure. Doing nothing is casual
leisure. Watching television, reading a book.
Maybe just going for a walk or chatting with
friends over dinner. People enjoy doing these
activities because they feel good, because they're
relaxing, because they're fun.
For many of us here in America, leisure has a
bad reputation because it's not work. W e live in
a society that says work is more important than
leisure because leisure is lazy.
But there is another form of leisure, called
serious leisure. Serious leisure activities are
activities which lead to personal development.
Doing a sport regularly, like cycling, running,
skiing, or swimming are examples of serious
leisure.
Serious leisure activities can also include making
things, or collecting things. Here, for example,
is an image of a website for collectors of rubber
ducks. This is funny, yes, but an example of
serious leisure too.
Finally, serious leisure can mean volunteer work.
By volunteer work, I mean unpaid work helping
people other than your family. For example,
volunteering in a local hospital. Or in a school.

Or in a home for old people.
I believe serious leisure is important because it's
fan, yes, but it also satisfies a need in us, it can
change our lives.
And now, moving on to my own research...
1 A: Right. Hello and thanks again for

coming. The purpose of today's meeting
is to give you all the information about
B: Excuse me. Could I just ask a question?
A: Yes, Mrs. Davies.
1.74
2 A: And I think you will find that the
starting salary is veiy good.
B: Yes. Thank you. May I ask about
working hours again? I'm not sure that
I understood. W h a t time do you expect
me to arrive in the morning?
A: Seven o'clock.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3 A: OK, so the next item on the agenda is ...

B: Can I say something here?
0 2.02
1 I did this last summer. It was an interesting
part-time job - much more interesting than
the other jobs I've had. There were 15 of
us in total. The study was in Texas and the
scientists were looking at the effects of no
gravity on the human body. For the study
we had to stay in bed for 15 days. Every day
the scientists put us in a special machine that
turned us around and around upside down
for an hour really quickly. I felt like my
brain was in my stomach after the first day.
But... at the end of the project I got $6,000
www.ebay.it, that's I - T for Italy.

j324@hotmail.com
www.facebook.com
www.itt.com/english
Jason_17@gmail.com
www.myspace.com
www.amazon.de, not com, D-E...
sean@yahoo.co.uk, that's S-E-A-N at Y-AH - O - O dot C - O dot U - K
02.08
>1.75
Unit 6
Many people think my work is just

disgusting, but I think it's interesting. I
spend all day working in people's rubbish.
It's not as bad as you think. Not always,
anyway. I often work at a city landfill, you
know, the place where they put all the
rubbish. Sometimes I study specific kinds
of rubbish. I'm finishing a project at the
moment on office rubbish: paper, plastic,
that kind of thing. Office rubbish is much
less disgusting than restaurant rubbish. That
was last year's project.
02.12
5
A: OK. Try now.

B: No. It's still not working.
A: Nothing? Can you see anything on the
screen?
B: Yes. But when I click on the internet
button nothing happens.
A : And now?
B: Yes! It's working now. Oh thank you thank
you. W h a t did you do?
A : The cable was old. I took a new cable
and connected it up to the internet
again.
02.09
2
A : So, tell me the problem again?

B: OK, when I try to print out a document
the computer prints out a d i f f e r e n t
document.
A : You mean, not the one you want to
print?
B: That's right.
A: Have you tried ...
B: I've tried everything!
0 2 . 10
3 A: No, no, it's OK, the computer person is
here now. You're here.
B: Yes? What's the problem?
A : Well, I try to open my email ... and ... I
get this.
B: Urg ... yuk.
A: Yeah. Disgusting, huh?
B: Yeah. OK. Shut down the computer and
leave it.
A: Is it a virus or something?
B: I'm afraid so.
02.11
4
A: Oh no. No!
B: What's wrong?
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
OK, ready to do this?

Yep. Definitely.
First, click on this button here.
O K . . . done.
Now log on to the system.
What?
A: Log on. Type in your username and

password.
B: Oh.
A: What?
B: I can't remember my password!
02.07
B: Fine. Seven o'clock. That's early.

A: We need people early in the morning to
talk to our European offices.
B: Of course.
A: Is there a problem?
B: No, not at all. Not at all.
A: Is it about wages?
B: No, it isn't.
A: All right then. Because we aren't talking
about wages in this meeting.
B: Can I just say that the dress code we
have now is terrible. Terrible.
A: Thank you, David.
B: I bate these ties.
A: I know ... which is why we're talking
about a change in the dress code.
B: Can I also mention that the trousers are
so uncomfortable.
The laptop's gone down again!

Did you save your work?
No.
You should really back up all your work.
I always do.
A: Great ...Thanks for the advice.
43*2.03
1.73
B: My son doesn't have all the books yet. Is

this a problem?
A: Not at all. W e can talk about the books
in just a moment.
C: Can I add that my daughter doesn't have
the books either? They haven't arrived.
A: Thank you Mr. Brown. Please don't
worn about it now ...
A:
B:
A:
B:
- enough to get me to Los Angeles and to

look for work as an actor.
&2.15
A : Hi, excuse me. I noticed your bag. Are you
going to the Technology conference?
B: That's right.
A: M e too! Could we share a taxi?
B: Sure.
A:
C:
A:
B:
A:
B:
The conference centre, please.

OK.
Have you been to San Francisco before?
Er, no. N o I haven't.
Neither have I. Nice weather.
Mm.
A:
B:
A:
B:
M y name's Frank, by the way.

Nice to meet you. Claudia.
Hi Claudia, where are you from, Claudia?
Frankfurt.
A : Wow. Frankfurt. You don't have a German

accent at all.
B: I went to school in England.
A: So did I, Well, I'm English so ... I guess
that's normal.
B: Yes, I guess.
A: So ... do you work for A B T Technology?
B: Yes. I work in the Frankfurt office. This is
my first conference.
A: Oh, I've been to lots of conferences. They're
very boring you know.
B: Really?
A: Oh yes. The worst part is listening to our
president, Lance Thomas.
B: Really?
A : Gosh yes. His talks are so boring. But the
evening party is quite good. Do you like
parties?
B: No, not really.
A : Ah. JVle neither. Not really.
B: Thanks, Frank.
A: You're welcome. Are you staying in the
conference hotel?
B: No, I'm not.
A: Ha. jNeither am I. It's horrible. Where's your
hotel?
B: I er... I don't know. Oh look, here's my
husband.
Audioscript
Audioscript
2.16
1
Honor, England
I think that the most useful technical
advance for me has been the internet, yes,
because I can do things like bookings tickets
and so forth.
02.36
2
^2.17
2
Arthur, France
Television is very important for the
information and for entertainment.
Sara,Italy
T h e most important useful technological
advance is, we could say now is a computer.
It's very important. I think that nobody
could really live or work without a computer.
Antonis, Greece
I think the plane. T h e aeroplanes, yeah.
M a x i m , Russia
I think that most important technological
advance for me is S M S sen-ices, of course so
mobile phone, but especially S M S services.
2.20
^ f 2.21
Starla, England
For m e the most technological advance I'd
say is the internet because it's convenient
and quick and saves y o u a lot of time.
*82,25
T h e concept of time in the English language,
and in western culture in general, is very m u c h
linked to money. T i m e can be seen as a form of
currency. You can spend time and money, or save
it. T i m e can be wasted. You can give someone
your time, just like you can give them money.
W e have free time, extra time, spare time and
overtime. W e can convert time into money, and
m o n e y into time. T i m e , money and work are
intimately connected.
2..35
A: Do you speak English?
B: A little.
A: H o w much is the shirt?
B: T h i s one?
A: N o . T h e checked one.
B: H u n d r e d and fifty.
Audioscript
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
Hello. Can I help you?

C a n I have some of these, please?
W h i c h ones, love?
T h e red and white ones. T h e y ' l l look
nice in the living room.
Right. H e r e you are. T h r e e pounds.
T h a n k you.
W o u l d y o u like one of these small
plants? T h e y ' r e lovely at this time ot
year.
Oh. All right. H o w m u c h is it?
Only 75p.
I'll take it. Here you are.
Here's y o u r change.
Goodbye now.
Bye.
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
Puedo ayudarte?
Sorry, I don't speak Spanish.
C a n I help you?
No, I'm just looking, thanks.
OK.
B:
A:
B:
A:
Sorry, yes. H o w much is this book?

Two euros.
Only two euros. That's cheap.
Yes. I put the price at ten euros. N o b o d y
wants to buy it. At five euros. N o b o d y
wants to b u y it. So T made it cheap. Two
euros. Do you want to buy it?
Oh.
W h a t ' s wrong?
I'm the author.
T h e author?
Yes. I wrote it. I'll take it. For two euros.
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
2.22
W i l l i a m , Ghana
Well, T think the internet is the most
important, especially w h e n you are looking
for information.
Unit 7
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
2.18
B: Right! It was used in thefilmPsych

A: Hold on, the guide says ... this is
probably one of the most well-known
film set houses in Hollywood history.
T h e old house and motel next to it were
built originally for the Hitchcock film
Psycho in the 1960s.
B: M m m .
A: Sometimes, at Halloween, the house and
motel are opened for the public to come
and stay.
B: Brrr. Staying at this place on HalloweenN o thank you.
A: A hundred and fifty? That's expensive.

B: You can have it for a hundred and
twenty-five.
A: A hundred and ten?
B: Sorry, no. A hundred and twenty-five.
A: N o thanks. I'll leave it.
B: OK! OK! A hundred and ten.
A: Oh. Oh.
B: Lance, this is Frank. Frank, this is m y
husband Lance.
A: Oh ...Er ...
D: Nice to meet you, Frank. Glad you could be
here.
A: Hi.
Unit 8
^2.41
1
T h e Tower of L o n d o n was originally built

in 1078. It was used as a home for the
kings and queens ot England for almost six
hundred years, but also served as a prison.
Two of the most famous prisoners in the
Tower were the y o u n g princes Edward and
Richard. In 1483, Richard the T h i r d , their
uncle and king of England, put them in the
tower. T h e y were never seen again. T h e
princes were ten and thirteen years old.
Today, people say the tower is haunted by
their ghosts.
SS>2,42
2 A: Look, look!
B: Oh, I recognise this place. It's from
film.
A: Yes, it's the house from some scary
movie.
02,43
3 W e l l , welcome to Bran Castle, one of the
most famous castles in Romania. The
castle was occupied by the government in
communist times, but was returned to its
owners in 2006.
Of course, as many of you know, the castle
is known as Dracula's castle. People believe
that Vlad Tepes - the original Draculalived here. T h i s isn't exactly true, however,
but he was kept as a prisoner here fnrsome
time. T h e castle is now a famous tourist
attraction, and it is visited every year by
thousands of people.
4 3 b 2.46
1 A: Well, now is really the time to visit the
United States.
B: Really?
Oh yes. T h e dollar is not very strong, so j
A:
things are really cheap.
Oh. I wanted to go to France. But, cheap
B:
is good.
Listen, it you travel this month you'll get
A:
an extra twenty per cent discount.
B: T h i s month isn't possible.
A: Next month?
B: Yes. T have a week's holiday next month.
Are there any specials then?
A: I'll ask if you like.
B: Yes, please.
2.47
A: And here is the main square and the
tower. T h e tower is more than five
hundred years old, and is the tallest
building in the city. T h e view from the
top of the tower is truly amazing. Today,
with this beautiful sunshine, if you go up
the tower, yrou won't regret it.
B: Excuse me, does it cost anything to go
up the tower?
A: I'm afraid so. It costs eight euros.
4 8 * 2.48
3 A: These are the carpets. I thought you
were going to show me the food part.
And have some lunch.
B: Yes, yes. T h e food is on the other end
of the market. Do not worry, my friend.
W e ' l l go there later if you want. As
y o u r guide, though, I have to show you
everything. Look, isn't this amazing?
A: M m m .
B: Some of these carpets take more than

two months to make. They are all made
by hand.
A: I'm just hungry, that's all.
B: Are you sure? If you buy one of these
carpets now, I can get a good price for
you.
A: Oh.Well...
B: She says if you buy two she will give you
a big discount.
A: OK, then. How much ...?
have a cottage - it's not a cottage, it's maybe

a little house in the countryside where we
can grow fruit and vegetables but we don't
live in these cottages, but what 1 can say
more. Maybe prices - if you buy - if you
sell your flat in Moscow you can buy three
houses in Great Britain.
2.58
3
2.51
1 A: Hello, Greenway Holidays.
B: Hi, my name's Pablo Alonso. I'm calling
about the English learning holiday.
A: You need to speak to Mrs. Knight. I'll
put you through.
B: Thank you.
A: Just a moment, please.
2.59
4
6 2.52
2 B: Hello?
A: I'm sorry, but the line's busy. Do you
want to hold?
B: OK, I'll hold.
62.53
J A: Hello?
B: Hello, is that Mrs Knight?
A: No, I'm afraid she isn't here.
B: Can't you give me information about the
English learning holiday?
A: I'm sorry, I can't. Can I take a message?
B: No, that's all right. I'll call back.
02.54
4 A: Hello, Greenway Holidays.
B: Hello, this is Pablo Alonso again. Can I
speak to Mrs Knight?
A: I'll put you through.
C: Sandra Knight speaking. Sorry to keep
you waiting.
B: Oh, hello. My name's Pablo Alonso.
I'm calling about the English learning
holiday.
C: What would you like to know?
B: Well, I've looked on your website and I
have a few questions about the cost.
C: Right, of course, Mr Alonso. Our prices,
I think you'll find, are very competitive
02.56
1 David, Georgia
I So homes in Georgia are very big - some
big ones and so we have two kind of homes.
There are block of flats - there are many
I of them and we also have houses. Houses
1 usually are in the outside of the country - in
the villages.
02.57
2 Elena, Russia
In my country we have different homes like
I in England, because in England many people
he in cottages, yes, but in my country we
| have very big houses. Many flats, but no so
big, but good, and mostly Russian families
Valeria, Bolivia
1 would say homes in Bolivia are much
more coloured. Here, above all in Oxford,
all the homes looks very similar I would say
but in Bolivia you can find a red house just
besides a yellow house and it is a pretty nice
combination of colours.
Katie, Northern Ireland
Where I live in Belfast homes are quite
varied. In inner city Belfast you have very
small red brick terraced houses. Two up
two down houses and they - I think they
date from the 1800s - they sort of typify
whenever you think of the city you think of
red brick terraced houses.
2.60
5 Bea, England
Homes where I live are quite large. In my
street in particular the houses have four
or five bedrooms. They are usually shared
between lots of different house mates. I
personally live with two people I didn't
know before and now one of them is a very
good friend. The houses have kitchens and
separate living rooms and dining rooms and
the best thing about my house is that it has a
large garden.
Unit 9
2.61
The common cold can be caused by more than
200 different viruses.
An adult gets between two and five colds a
year, while for children or babies the number is
higher; between 6 and 10 colds a year.
From the moment you get a cold to the moment
you feel the symptoms is between 24 and 48
hours.
The total time in your life that you will have a
cold is two to three years.
The common cold is not a deadly disease, but it
is expensive. In the US alone, experts estimate
that it costs the economy 3.5 billion dollars in
lost time at work and school.
2.65
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
You should eat hot chicken soup as soon as

you feel ill.
Just drink water. Lots of water.
Drink orange juice and lots of vitamin C.
I think you should eat foods with vitamin A,
like carrots.
Drink hot water with lemon and honey in it.
I think you should drink water with a
spoonful of salt.
Breathing hot steam works. Go for a sauna.
8
9
10
11
You should eat garlic. It works, I promise!

Just take two aspirin and stay in bed.
Cold medicine. Take cold medicine.
You shouldn't do any exercise. You should
stay in bed. Don't go out.
12 I don't think you should stay in bed. Be
active. Go out.
13 What you should do, what you really ought
to do, is to wash your hands regularly.
14 You should stay dry. Don't wash your hair or
go out in the rain.
2.70
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
Harry, is that you?

Yes, yes... I'm home.
Well, what did the doctor say?
Er. Nothing much. She said I was healthy.
No serious problems.
Oh, that's wonderful. Did she say anything
about a diet?
A what?
A diet.
Oh, oh yes. She said, she said... I could eat
some red meat. Just once a week.
That's good. You do eat a lot of meat. What
about salt and sugar? Shouldn't you cut
down on those?
Um. No, no she didn't say anything about
salt or sugar.
Oh. That's strange. What about coffee?
Er, coffee, yes, coffee.
You drink five cups of coffee a day. Isn't that
too much?
Oh yes. She told me that I could only drink
... two cups a day.
OK. And can you go back to work?
Yes. I start tomorrow.
2.72
A: Hello, can I help?
B: Yes, I erm, need something for a sore throat.
It really hurts.
A: Well, we have this syrup or these tablets.
B: Which is better?
A: They're both good. The syrup is more
expensive.
B: Oh, well... I'll take the tablets then. How
many do I take?
A: Just one ...
B: Sorry. I'm sorry. And how often should I
take it?
A: Just one every four to six hours. Take it
before meal times. Are you allergic to any
medicine?
B: No.
A: Then you'll be fine with this.
B: Can I get some antibiotics too?
A: I'm afraid you need a prescription for that.
B: Oh.
A: You know, you should really see a doctor if
that cough continues.
B: I know. I know.
A: Anything else?
B: No thanks.
A: That'll be 4.50 then please.
Audioscript
Audioscript
Unit 10
02.73
A: So, your book Brave New Words is all about
new words in English. How do new words
appear?
B: One of the most common ways of making
new words is simply to combine two words
which already exist. So for example in the
past we had texts, and we had messages, now
with mobile phones we have ...
A: Text messages.
B: Yes. That's right. Another common way of
making a new word is to combine parts of
words. Consider brunch. Brunch is a meal
that people can have at 11 o'clock in the
morning, a combination of breakfast and
lunch.
A: So combinations are how new words are
made.
B: There are other ways too. Abbreviations, for
example, are a common way of making new
words. Do you know what a digital versatile
disc is?
A: E r . . .
B: A DVD ...?
A: Of course.
B: Yes, the abbreviation becomes the new
word. Another way is to give a word a new
meaning. We have new meanings for all
kinds of words connected to computers - for
example mouse and virus.
A: Or windows.
played by two or more people.

Both games have been extremely popular:
according to its makers, more than 750 million
people have played Monopoly, and two hundred
million copies of Scrabble are sold every year.
Both of them are successful worldwide. They are
published in over 25 languages today, and are
available in more than 80 countries.
1
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
Audioscript
Oh, hello, there you are.

Hello.
Listen, I'm afraid there's some bad news.
Oh?
Yes. The thing is, the company is closing.
Really? When?
Tomorrow. The whole thing. It's been
sold.
Sold?
Yep.
So... so, what's going to happen to
everyone?
There'll be an official announcement.
Oh, here's my floor.
Er ... I'm still ...
Anyway. Sorry to rush off. Talk later,
OK?
OK. Bye.
Goodbye.
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
Phew. Isn't it hot?

Hmm. Sorry?
I said, isn't it hot?
Yes. Yes. Very hot.
I can't remember a summer like this
since ... since the nineteen seventies.
Yes. It is very hot.
Nineteen seventy-six it was.
I don't really remember, I was quite ...
young then.
I guess you were. Well, it was so hot
that...
Really.
Yes. I was in love then ...
Oh look. Here's my floor.
Oh.
Well, I have to go. Nice to talk to you.
Yes, yes.
Goodbye.
02.82
1
2
3
I know, I know. It was fanny. Anyway ... talk

to you tomorrow OK? Yep.
...and so that's what we'll do. Right, that's it.
We'll continue after the break, OK?
A: What time does the film start?
B: Nine o'clock.
A: Nine o'clock. OK, see you then.
B: OK, bye.
Well, I think that's it. Yes, I'll send the email.
Bye.
Was there anything else?

No ... I don't think so.
All right. You can pay over there.
Thanks. Bye.
Bye.
Arthur, France
My favourite expression in English is 'Oh
my god'! That's it! Because we heard this
expression very often in movie, in television
and I think it's a cliche of English people or
American people. Oh my god.
02.84
2
Diego, Italy
There are a lot of very interesting words ill
English. My favourite word is for example
love.
02.85
3
Rristina, Russia
My favourite words in English. I think when
I came to England last year everybody said
oh he looks gorgeous and it's gorgeous, the
weather is gorgeous and so it became my
favourite word.
02.86
4
02.80
02.77
Alfred Butts, the inventor of Scrabble, and

Charles Durrow the inventor of Monopoly,
were both American. Neither inventor had a job.
Butts had lost his job as an architect in 1929, and
Durrow was an unemployed sales representative
in 1933. At the beginning, the inventors made
every edition of their game by hand. Neither
game was accepted by toy companies at first.
They said that Monopoly was too complicated,
and that nobody would be interested in
Scrabble.
Both games are played on a board, and can be
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
02.83
02.79
B: Yes. Finally, we can borrow words from

other languages. An example of this would
be a tsunami - a Japanese word which
became very frequent in English after the
natural disaster in Asia in 2004.
A: Will all these new words continue to exist?
B: IVlaybe not. Some will continue, others
won't. But the way we create these new
words ... combination, abbreviation, giving
old words new meanings or borrowing
words ... well these are going to be with us
for a long time.
In 1929 many people in the United States

suddenly lost their jobs. This was the beginning
of what Americans call the Great Depression,
and it lasted for about four years. During the
Great Depression, two of the most famous
board games in the world were invented:
Monopoly and Scrabble. While the games are
very different, the story behind each one is
similar ...
Elodie, Switzerland
OK, my favourite words in English are -1
really like the word perhaps. I don't know
why - because of the sound, because of the
pronunciation, I don't know. Perhaps. What
else? Well I don't know.
02.87
5
Semih, Turkey
For me, my favourite words in English are
awesome and legendary. I don't know why
because when I say awesome or legendary it
makes me feel happy.
02.88
6
Bea, England
OK my favourite words in English are 'you
know' because they're very useful words.
When you are not sure what to say you can
use them to fill in a sentence and they're
very good words to give you time so that
you can think about, you can concentrate on
what you are thinking and maybe think of
different ideas, you know.
02.89
7
Guy, England
One of my favourite words in English is
harmony. I think it's a nice word, it's got a
nice sound to it. I like the structure of the
word. I think the ideas that it represents are
very positive, whether you are talking about
musical harmony or artistic harmony or
harmony when people work together well
or understand each other well and I think
probably there's a similar word in many
other languages so it's a word that a lot of
people understand quite easily.

Global Pre Intermediate Coursebook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Global Pre Intermediate Coursebook

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Global Pre Intermediate Coursebook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PRE-INTERMEDIATE

Surprising origins and facts about everyday objects

Art & Music

Health & Fitness

The common cold

New & Old

Brave New Words by Kerry Maxwell

When I grow up,., children's hopes for the

Work & Leisure

Profile; An Indian call centre worker Bad

Science & Technology

The science of happiness

page 39 The power of music

bame language but d

All work and no play

page 87 The English language

and the number four

paae 111 Sports Enqlish

Sarp srig rian s and k ts

Di par; itions Of oeopif

E e aa, . roii . s p6)

D ' rpp ip p ;epip pa;

Wrist and Hon auestipi

Being a good language learner

Some language but different

tastes pantonine i o ' 8 i

How do yoi: pal- - it? (pi 9

The infinitive of purpose

lantitiers k:i of. a little

/Vhai do von iike !e dn k . .?

A description of food and drink

Evaluating your language learning

Food that makes you think of home

aaf fidelity by Nic ! Hornby

- auii , ; i the rasa

Function globally: Agreeing and disagreeing

The power of music

F;.: ire - pea and a e

Audin an i aataa (p34;

D&cribing pictures (p34)

(?) Used to (p35)

EV Saying and writing

cia idea :p3a)

My hopes and plans (p43)

( p ) Word stress (p44)

( 7 ) Past simple regular verbs

imiture ant fpnas dags

A scene from a short story

a t ana ana intentions

Interview with two " d

an; aire ;ai

t.v and /its;- (p2 3

Function globally: Eating out

( p ) Linking words (p13)

' aipi needs

The alphabet (p7)

Function giobaiiy: Common social expressions

Ge< graphiaal features

Using your dictionary: finding the right entry

Reasons why people learn English